Professional Documents
Culture Documents
ru
INTRODUCTION
6
www.frenglish.ru
Functions • Vocabulary
• Grammar
T h e f u n c t i o n a l s y l l a b u s is o r g a n i z e d t o s u p p o r t a n d g i v e m o r e
• Skills
practice of the grammar and vocabulary points t h a t students
• English for E v e r y d a y Life.
are l e a r n i n g . S t u d e n t s l e a r n k e y l a n g u a g e t o e n a b l e t h e m t o
m a n a g e s i m p l e c o m m u n i c a t i v e c o n t e x t s , s u c h as ordering food and E a c h c y c l e a l s o has t w o s m a l l e r s u b - s e c t i o n s :
drink ( l e s s o n 1 6 ) , making arrangements (lesson 4 0 ) , and giving • Pronunciation
measurements (lesson 7 2 ) . • E n g l i s h in t h e w o r l d .
f l e x i b i l i t y t o d e c i d e a t w h a t p o i n t in t h e lesson t h e y w i s h t o f o c u s o u t c o m e of t h e lesson.
c o m p a r i s o n , g i v i n g s t u d e n t s an o p p o r t u n i t y t o f i n d o u t m o r e s t u d e n t s can e a s i l y g o b a c k a n d c h e c k n e w w o r d s in t h e ' p i c t u r e
7
www.frenglish.ru
• T h e exercises m o v e from controlled to freer, o f t e n ending w i t h • Everyday expressions boxes highlight the essential practical
a Your life exercise, which enables learners t o personalize t h e language t h a t students should learn.
language t h e y have learned. • S t u d e n t s p r a c t i s e t h e n e w l a n g u a g e in f u r t h e r l i s t e n i n g a n d
speaking exercises.
Grammar
That's Life! lessons
T h e G r a m m a r lesson is t h e s e c o n d in each cycle o f 4 l e s s o n s . I t
• T h e s e l e s s o n s d e a l w i t h e v e r y d a y s o c i a l i n t e r a c t i o n in t h e f u n
p r e s e n t s a n d p r a c t i s e s n e w g r a m m a r in a clear a n d s t r u c t u r e d w a y .
c o n t e x t of a soap opera story.
• T h e G r a m m a r lessons focus on one aspect o f s t r u c t u r a l
• T h e s t o r y revises t h e l a n g u a g e o f t h e cycle a n d focuses on
g r a m m a r , e . g . p r e s e n t s i m p l e : s t a t e m e n t s ( l e s s o n 1 0 ) , or
u s e f u l p h r a s e s f o r s o c i a l i n t e r a c t i o n in t h e Everyday expressions
present perfect and past simple (lesson 7 8 ) .
b o x e s , such as suggestions ( l e s s o n 2 0 ) or talking about sad events
• T h e n e w g r a m m a r is p r e s e n t e d in e v e r y d a y c o n t e x t s t h r o u g h a
(lesson 52).
s h o r t , simple t e x t or d i a l o g u e on t h e p a g e . O f t e n t h e familiar
• Learners read and listen t o t h e s t o r y , do a c o m p r e h e n s i o n
characters from t h e That's Life! s t o r y l i n e are u s e d in t h e
exercise, study the useful expressions and finally practise the
grammar presentation t e x t s and dialogues t o help students
s t o r y in p a i r s or g r o u p s .
relate new l a n g u a g e t o 'real' characters a n d s i t u a t i o n s .
• T h e e n g a g i n g s t o r y p r o v i d e s an o n g o i n g c o n t e x t w h i c h
• N e w l a n g u a g e i t e m s are h i g h l i g h t e d in b l u e in t h e p r e s e n t a t i o n
s t u d e n t s can relate t o . T h e s t o r y characters also occasionally
t e x t s a n d d i a l o g u e s , so i t ' s e a s y t o f o c u s o n l a n g u a g e p a t t e r n s .
a p p e a r e l s e w h e r e in t h e c o u r s e , t o i n t r o d u c e n e w l a n g u a g e in
• S t u d e n t s s t u d y t h e g r a m m a r t h r o u g h c l e a r rules a n d t a b l e s .
interactive contexts.
• Short and simple Language notes e m p h a s i z e p o i n t s of f o r m or
usage which s t u d e n t s should learn. E a c h c y c l e o f 4 l e s s o n s has t w o s u b - s e c t i o n s , P r o n u n c i a t i o n a n d
• S t u d e n t s practise via a range of simple exercises including E n g l i s h i n t h e w o r l d . T h e s e are i n t e g r a t e d i n t o t h e m a t e r i a l , in
drills, g a p - f i l l i n g , listening c o m p r e h e n s i o n , listen and check t h e m o s t r e l e v a n t lessons for t h e t e a c h i n g p o i n t .
e x e r c i s e s , a n d ask a n d a n s w e r e x e r c i s e s .
• As w i t h the Vocabulary lessons, t h e activities move from Pronunciation
controlled t o freer, o f t e n ending with a Your life exercise. • This focuses on i m p o r t a n t aspects o f English pronunciation
t h a t s t u d e n t s o f t e n f i n d d i f f i c u l t , s u c h as word stress (lessons
Skills 3 , 5, 33) a n d past participles (lesson 77).
S k i l l s l e s s o n s are t h e t h i r d l e s s o n in e a c h c y c l e o f 4 l e s s o n s . T h e y • T h e r e is a l s o an i n t r o d u c t i o n t o t h e p h o n e m i c a l p h a b e t a n d t o
g i v e learners t h e o p p o r t u n i t y t o see t h e v o c a b u l a r y a n d g r a m m a r s o u n d s t h a t c a u s e p r o b l e m s , s u c h as schwa / a / ( l e s s o n 1 7 ) or
f r o m t h e p r e v i o u s t w o l e s s o n s in t h e c o n t e x t o f a r e a d i n g o r / s / and / z / ( l e s s o n 5 7 ) .
listening t e x t on t h e general t o p i c o f t h e cycle.
• Across t h e course, t h e lessons provide a balance of t h e f o u r English in t h e world
skills - r e a d i n g , l i s t e n i n g , s p e a k i n g , a n d w r i t i n g . T h e lesson • This features aspects of English-speaking culture. A wide range
h e a d i n g always makes i t clear w h i c h skills s t u d e n t s w i l l o f t o p i c s are c o v e r e d , s u c h as foreign words in English (lesson
p r a c t i s e , e . g . Read and write o r Listen and speak. 1 6 ) , working hours ( l e s s o n 3 5 ) , a n d medical signs (lesson 4 7 ) .
• R e a d i n g a n d l i s t e n i n g t e x t s are c a r e f u l l y g r a d e d f o r l e n g t h a n d • T h e t o p i c s are d r a w n f r o m a s p e c t s o f l i f e in English-speaking
c o m p l e x i t y , t o ensure t h a t s t u d e n t s aren't d i s t r a c t e d by t o o c o u n t r i e s , a n d t h e m a i n a i m is t o e n c o u r a g e l e a r n e r s t o t h i n k
m u c h i n f o r m a t i o n or l a n g u a g e t h e y d o n ' t n e e d . a n d t a l k a b o u t t h e i r o w n c u l t u r e a n d l a n g u a g e in c o m p a r i s o n .
• R e a d i n g t e x t s are r e c o r d e d o n t h e class a u d i o c a s s e t t e s a n d
C D s , so y o u r s t u d e n t s c a n l i s t e n a n d r e a d a t t h e s a m e t i m e . A d d i t i o n a l Student's B o o k resources
• Comprehension tasks build students' confidence w i t h reading T h e S t u d e n t ' s B o o k a l s o has a s e t o f e s s e n t i a l l e a r n i n g r e s o u r c e s
for general and detailed meaning, and w i t h coping w i t h at t h e back o f t h e b o o k :
different types of text. • T h e r e is o n e R e v i e w f o r e v e r y t w o c y c l e s o f 4 l e s s o n s , i . e . e v e y
• S k i l l s s e c t i o n s b u i l d t o e i t h e r a s p e a k i n g or w r i t i n g t a s k 8 lessons, w i t h exercises on all f o u r lesson t y p e s
b a s e d on t h e t o p i c o f t h e l e s s o n . S p e a k i n g a n d w r i t i n g t a s k s • W o r d l i s t s , c o n t a i n i n g all o f t h e essential v o c a b u l a r y to learn,
are t i g h t l y c o n t r o l l e d a n d h a v e p l e n t y o f s u p p o r t . T h i s m a k e s together with phonemic transcriptions
t h e m e a s y t o r u n in c l a s s , a n d c o n f i d e n c e - b u i l d i n g f o r t h e • A u d i o s c r i p t s for quick checking and revision o f listenings and
s t u d e n t s . T h e t a s k can b e a s i m p l e r e s p o n s e t o t h e t e x t or m o r e d r i l l s d o n e in class
personalized practice of t h e main language focus.
• An I r r e g u l a r v e r b l i s t , covering all of t h e essential verbs for a
• The Your life sections offer motivating opportunities for p a r t i c u l a r l e v e l o f English for Life
students to talk and write about their own experiences. • A P r o n u n c i a t i o n c h a r t w i t h all o f t h e s o u n d s o f English for
easy reference.
English for Everyday Life
E n g l i s h f o r E v e r y d a y L i f e is t h e f o u r t h l e s s o n in e a c h c y c l e o f 4 Other course components
lessons. They focus on f u n c t i o n a l language and how this language
is u s e d in t h e r e a l w o r l d . E n g l i s h f o r E v e r y d a y L i f e l e s s o n s Workbook
a l t e r n a t e b e t w e e n f u n c t i o n a l l e s s o n s such as giving directions • E a c h S t u d e n t ' s B o o k o n e - p a g e l e s s o n has o n e p a g e o f p r a c t i c e
( l e s s o n 2 4 ) , a n d an e p i s o d e o f t h e That's Life! storyline. m a t e r i a l in t h e W o r k b o o k .
• S t u d e n t s c o n s o l i d a t e t h e l a n g u a g e o f t h e l e s s o n in s i m p l e
F u n c t i o n a l lessons
parallel c o n t e x t s .
• T h e l e s s o n s f o c u s o n c o m m o n a c t i v i t i e s a n d s i t u a t i o n s in
• T h e r e is n o d i s t r a c t i n g n e w l a n g u a g e w o r k .
e v e r y d a y l i f e , s u c h as making polite requests ( l e s s o n 3 2 ) , on the
• Practise and learn b o x e s g i v e s t u d e n t s an o p p o r t u n i t y t o
telephone ( l e s s o n 6 4 ) , a n d checking in ( l e s s o n 8 0 ) .
p e r s o n a l i z e a n d m e m o r i z e l a n g u a g e t h e y can use in t h e w o r l d
• T h e n e w l a n g u a g e is p r e s e n t e d in a m o d e l d i a l o g u e o n t h e p a g e
outside the classroom.
which s t u d e n t s can listen t o and t h e n practise.
• A s h o r t review exercise e v e r y f o u r lessons allows s t u d e n t s t o
assess t h e i r o w n p r o g r e s s .
www.frenglish.ru
Class C a s s e t t e s / CDs e l i c i t l a n g u a g e , g i v e an i n s t r u c t i o n , o r w r i t e s o m e t h i n g , t h i s is
h i g h l i g h t e d in b o l d e . g .
• T h e s e c o n t a i n all t h e a u d i o w o r k f r o m t h e S t u d e n t ' s Book.
• T h e a u d i o m a t e r i a l is s h o w n b y t h i s s y m b o l in t h e S t u d e n t ' s W r i t e : My name is on t h e board.
• A n i n t r o d u c t i o n t o t h e course. t i m e ' b e f o r e t h e y r e p e a t . S a y t h e i t e m t w o or t h r e e t i m e s i f
B o o k l e s s o n s , so y o u o n l y h a v e t o c a r r y a n d c o n s u l t o n e b o o k . 2 D o a class d r i l l ( c h o r a l d r i l l i n g ) f i r s t . A s k s t u d e n t s t o r e p e a t
• A d d i t i o n a l Warm-up and Follow-up activities for every lesson. c o m m a n d s : Everyone, Together, Again. U s e h a n d g e s t u r e s like a
• E x t r a i d e a s f o r g a m e s t o use in c l a s s . c o n d u c t o r o f an o r c h e s t r a t o k e e p e v e r y o n e t o g e t h e r in a brisk
• A c u s t o m i z a b l e T e s t CD w i t h t e s t s as W o r d d o c u m e n t s or as r h y t h m . B e e n t h u s i a s t i c a n d k e e p u p t h e p a c e - d r i l l i n g can be
d o w n l o a d a b l e P D F s . T h e r e are 20 p r o g r e s s t e s t s a n d a m i d - c o u r s e a l o t o f f u n i f d o n e w i t h c o n f i d e n c e a n d in a g o o d s p i r i t .
9
www.frenglish.ru
• S t u d y t h e r u l e s t a b l e a n d a n y L a n g u a g e n o t e b o x e s as a c l a s s .
The Pronunciation sections
U s e t r a n s l a t i o n t o e x p l a i n or c h e c k t h e m e a n i n g , w h e n y o u f e e l
• G i v e s t u d e n t s as m u c h e x p o s u r e as y o u c a n t o a n e w
i t is a p p r o p r i a t e . E n c o u r a g e s t u d e n t s t o w r i t e d o w n i n f o r m a t i o n
p r o n u n c i a t i o n p o i n t b y m o d e l l i n g t h e s o u n d s y o u r s e l f , as w e l l
t h a t t h e y should learn.
as p l a y i n g t h e Class C a s s e t t e / C D .
• It's o f t e n u s e f u l t o copy t h e tables o n t o t h e board. T h e y can
• D r i l l t h e p o i n t as a c l a s s , a n d i n d i v i d u a l l y . A s k s t u d e n t s t o d r i l l
t h e n b e r e f e r r e d t o d u r i n g t h e l e s s o n t o c l a r i f y or e x p l a i n .
e a c h o t h e r in pairs a n d t e s t e a c h o t h e r .
• Work t h r o u g h t h e e x a m p l e s f o r each o f t h e exercises o n t h e b o a r d .
• E n c o u r a g e s t u d e n t s t o : t h i n k a b o u t h o w s o u n d s are m a d e , w i t h
U s e t h e Class C a s s e t t e / C D t o c h e c k a n s w e r s . Y o u m a y w a n t t o
t h e m o u t h , lips, a n d t e e t h ; c l a p t h e r h y t h m f o r s e n t e n c e s t r e s s ;
repeat the correct forms, to give students further practice.
s h o w how i n t o n a t i o n m o v e s up a n d d o w n w i t h t h e i r h a n d s .
T h e Skills lessons • Ask students t o spend five minutes every day repeating new
w o r d s a n d p r o b l e m a t i c s o u n d s in t h e i r o w n t i m e , f o r e x a m p l e
• As a general rule, d o n ' t be afraid t o go t h r o u g h t e x t s ,
o n t h e w a y t o w o r k , or f i r s t t h i n g in t h e m o r n i n g .
d i a l o g u e s , l i s t e n i n g s , e t c . s e v e r a l t i m e s . R e p e t i t i o n is a v e r y
e f f e c t i v e means o f learning a n d it's v e r y i m p o r t a n t t h a t
The English in the world sections
s t u d e n t s u n d e r s t a n d s o m e t h i n g as f u l l y as p o s s i b l e b e f o r e
• F o c u s s t u d e n t s c a r e f u l l y o n a n y p h o t o s / i l l u s t r a t i o n s in t h e
m o v i n g o n . S t u d e n t s will be greatly reassured by t h i s .
Student's B o o k and encourage t h e m to t e l l y o u w h a t t h e y see.
R e a d i n g and L i s t e n i n g • E n c o u r a g e p a i r / g r o u p d i s c u s s i o n f o r t h i s p a r t o f t h e l e s s o n so
• P r e - t e a c h or elicit a n y necessary v o c a b u l a r y . T h e teacher's t h a t t h e d i s c u s s i o n is p r o d u c t i v e .
n o t e s w i l l p o i n t o u t a n y n e w w o r d s t h a t are n e e d e d . • W h e r e a s p e c t s o f t h e E n g l i s h l a n g u a g e are p r e s e n t e d , ask
• Use t h e pictures and t h e general first task t o help s t u d e n t s t o students t o translate i n t o their own languages for comparison.
get a good idea of t h e general meaning of the t e x t and a good • I f y o u h a v e a m u l t i - l i n g u a l c l a s s , g e t as m a n y c o m p a r i s o n s as
awareness o f t h e c o n t e x t / s e t t i n g for t h e reading or l i s t e n i n g y o u can w i t h w h a t is p r e s e n t e d in t h e S t u d e n t ' s Book.
t e x t . Exploit the pictures for additional information, eliciting • A s k s t u d e n t s t o draw a s p e c t s o f t h e i r o w n c u l t u r a l lives t o
details where helpful. support their verbal comparisons.
• L i s t e n t o t h e t e x t as a c l a s s . F o r r e a d i n g s , l i s t e n a n d read a t
the same time. Vocabulary Activities
• Go t h r o u g h t h e t e x t at least t w i c e , w i t h students w o r k i n g
alone. For listenings, s t u d e n t s should listen at least three Games
t i m e s , as t h i s w i l l i m p r o v e t h e i r c o n f i d e n c e . B i n g o (lessons 8 , 5 0 , 7 8 )
• E n c o u r a g e s t u d e n t s t o focus on t h e keywords and t h e m e a n i n g P r e p a r e a list o f v o c a b u l a r y t h a t y o u w a n t t o r e v i s e .
of t h e t e x t , rather than on every individual word. Go t h r o u g h the items t o check t h a t students understand and know
• D i s c o u r a g e s t u d e n t s f r o m u s i n g d i c t i o n a r i e s or w o r r y i n g a b o u t h o w t o p r o n o u n c e each o n e .
u n k n o w n w o r d s in t h e t e x t u n t i l t h e y h a v e read / l i s t e n e d t o A s k s t u d e n t s t o d r a w a 4 x 4 g r i d a n d t o w r i t e 1 6 w o r d s , o n e in
t h e w h o l e t e x t at least once. each square.
• As s t u d e n t s b e c o m e b e t t e r readers and listeners, e n c o u r a g e C a l l o u t w o r d s a t r a n d o m . I f s t u d e n t s h a v e an i t e m in t h e i r g r i d ,
them to find the parts of texts which contain the information t h e y cross i t o f f .
t h e y need t o answer t h e c o m p r e h e n s i o n tasks. For listenings, T h e w i n n e r is t h e f i r s t p e r s o n t o cross o f f f o u r i t e m s in a r o w
g o t h r o u g h t h e a u d i o s c r i p t s w i t h t h e class i f n e c e s s a r y . ( a c r o s s , d o w n , or d i a g o n a l l y ) a n d s h o u t ' B i n g o ' .
T h e r e ' s n o p o i n t in s t u d e n t s s a y i n g s o m e t h i n g f l u e n t l y i f t h e i r S t u d e n t s h a v e t o g u e s s t h e w o r d b e f o r e t h e h a n g m a n is c o m p l e t e d .
10
www.frenglish.ru
11
www.frenglish.ru
\ Students learn how to introduce themselves and practise
TEACHER'S NOTES LESSON 1 spelling.
(Manolo)? Write t h e jobs on t h e board. Drill new words and t h e l e t t e r s o n t h e b o a r d so s t u d e n t s can c h e c k t h e y have
p e o p l e t h e y spoke t o in e x e r c i s e 3a. Introduce yourself using your first name. Ask different students
• Play audio i W t l for s t u d e n t s t o read and listen. words and arrange t h e m s e l v e s in a l p h a b e t i c a l order. A s k each
Warm-up • E l i c i t / T e a c h t h a t w e u s u a l l y u s e this/these
a r e c l o s e t o us a n d that/those for things that aren't.
for things t h a t
Hold
• A r r a n g e t h e class in a circle. I n t r o d u c e y o u r s e l f t o t h e u p t w o p e n s . S a y : these. Hold u p / p o i n t to different things
student on your left, e.g. i n t h e c l a s s r o o m t o e l i c i t t h i s , t h a t , these, those.
Teacher Hi. I'm (Maria). • N o m i n a t e a s t u d e n t . H o l d u p y o u r p e n . A s k : What's this
Student 1 Pleased to meet you, Maria. My name's (Samir). (Omer)? E l i c i t : It's a pen. Practise with different classroom
Teacher Nice to meet you, too, Samir. o b j e c t s t o e l i c i t It's a . . . / T h e y ' r e....
• The s t u d e n t on y o u r left introduces him / herself t o t h e next • P u t s t u d e n t s i n p a i r s . S a y : Ask and answer questions about
the box.
b • A s k : What does 'notebook' mean? E l i c i t : It means 'a thing we
• Point t o t h e words and gaps above t h e picture. Tell s t u d e n t s
write in'. Repeat with other items from exercise 1 , helping
t o write t h e words from t h e box in t h e correct place.
students with vocabulary.
• Play t h e audio again for s t u d e n t s t o listen and repeat. do you say 'Hello' in Spanish? Use words and expressions that
T h e p l u r a l s is n o t u s u a l l y a p r o b l e m f o r s t u d e n t s whose
l a n g u a g e uses s to m a k e plural f o r m s , t h o u g h t h e y may
Follow-up
h a v e p r o b l e m s w i t h irregular plurals or forget to use • Play a game o f H a n g m a n (see page 10).
es w i t h w o r d s e n d i n g ch, sh, etc. H o w e v e r , speakers of
• A r r a n g e s t u d e n t s in t w o g r o u p s a n d e x p l a i n t h e r u l e s o f
l a n g u a g e s s u c h as A r a b i c , w h e r e p l u r a l s a r e o f t e n formed
H a n g m a n . Play t h e game using a selection of words from
b y changing the word itself, m a y forget to add s in
lessons 1 and 2.
English.
• O n c e s t u d e n t s u n d e r s t a n d t h e game, p u t t h e m in smaller
•
listen and repeat.
Play t h e rest o f t h e a u d i o .
Resource activity pages 175 and 254
Audioscript 2.3
1 a desk - t h r e e desks 4 a b a d g e - t h r e e badges
2 a woman - three women 5 a person - t h r e e p e o p l e
3 a window - three windows 6 a b o x - t h r e e boxes
14
Students learn cardinal numbers 0-100 and ordinal www.frenglish.ru
numbers
LESSON 3 {first, second, etc.), and practise asking where things are.
Warm-up b • P l a y t h e a u d i o a g a i n a n d g o t h r o u g h t h e a n s w e r s as a c l a s s .
• Write t h e numbers on t h e board. P o i n t t o each one at about Yoga, English 1 , and Computers for beginners. Monitor.
•
Room 42 on? E l i c i t : In Room
Play audio H i C f t w i c e for students to listen and
42. On the fourth floor.
complete
Resource activity pages 176 and 255
the table.
17
Students learn and practise expressions for sayingwww.frenglish.ru
hello and
TEACHER'S NOTES LESSON 4 goodbye.
lb 2d 3e 4d 5c 6a
18
Students learn a lexical set of countries and nationalities and say
www.frenglish.ru
where people are from.
second gap t o elicit I t a l i a n . Play t h e first t h r e e lines o f t h e A s k : When do we use a capital letter? E l i c i t : at the beginning
audio for s t u d e n t s t o listen and repeat. of a sentence. N o t e t h a t w e also use c a p i t a l letters for
• D r i l l e a c h l i n e o f t h e c o n v e r s a t i o n as a c l a s s a n d p e o p l e ' s n a m e s , f o r c o u n t r i e s , a n d c i t i e s . R e p e a t w i t h full
• Focus on t h e countries a n d nationalities. Play t h e rest o f E l i c i t / T e a c h : famous, a l i v e , dead. Focus on the pictures.
the audio for students t o listen and repeat. Check t h a t students recognize the people.
cover the countries. Say nationalities t o elicit countries, e.g. P o i n t t o is. A s k : Is Madonna alive or dead? E l i c i t : She's alive.
S a y : Spanish, E l i c i t : Spain. Repeat with nationalities covered. R e p e a t w i t h Che Guevara was Argentinian. E l i c i t : He's dead.
b • F o c u s on t h e t e x t . P u t s t u d e n t s in g r o u p s o f t h r e e . Tell
A s k d i f f e r e n t pairs o f s t u d e n t s t o read o u t one o f t h e
t h e m to practise t h e conversation, each taking one part.
conversations. Check pronunciation.
• Give s t u d e n t s an o p p o r t u n i t y t o play all t h r e e roles. Monitor.
P u t s t u d e n t s in pairs t o p r a c t i s e t h e c o n v e r s a t i o n s . Monitor.
• Ask one g r o u p t o act o u t t h e t e x t for t h e rest o f t h e class.
2 • F o c u s o n t h e t a b l e . D r i l l t h e e x a m p l e s as a class a n d
Your life
Focus on t h e cues. E l i c i t / T e a c h key v o c a b u l a r y , e.g. young,
individually. Check pronunciation.
old,f i l m star.
• G o t h r o u g h t h e rules on S t u d e n t ' s B o o k page 103.
P u t s t u d e n t s i n p a i r s . S a y : Write questions using the cues.
• W r i t e : 'm o n t h e b o a r d . A s k : What's this? E l i c i t : am. Repeat
G o t h r o u g h t h e q u e s t i o n s as a class. C h e c k pronunciation.
w i t h e a c h s h o r t f o r m ( ' s , i s n ' t , ' r e , aren't) to elicit t h e full
Think of a famous person t h a t your students will recognize.
f o r m s ( i s , is not, are, are not).
Tell s t u d e n t s t o ask y o u q u e s t i o n s t o f i n d o u t w h o t h e
• W r i t e : They's from I t a l y . She is in Brussels not. We arn't at
p e r s o n is. N o t e t h a t f o r a m i x e d n a t i o n a l i t y class y o u could
work, on t h e b o a r d . P u t a cross n e x t t o each s e n t e n c e t o
elicit a list o f f a m o u s p e o p l e t h a t e v e r y o n e recognizes and
s h o w t h e y are i n c o r r e c t . A s k s t u d e n t s t o c o r r e c t t h e m . Elicit:
use t h e s e p e o p l e in t h e game.
They're from I t a l y . She isn't in Brussels. We aren't at work.
P l a y t h e g a m e as a class u n t i l y o u r s t u d e n t s are c o n f i d e n t .
Do t h e examples together. Play t h e first item on audio P u t s t u d e n t s i n p a i r s . S a y : Play the game together. Monitor.
S t u d e n t s h e a r They're in P a r i s , s a y t h e n e g a t i v e , t h e n listen
F o c u s s t u d e n t s ' a t t e n t i o n o n t h e c a n d o s t a t e m e n t : Now I
and repeat. Do t h e same with the second example.
can say who and where people are.
Play t he rest of t h e audio.
S t u d e n t s m i g h t h a v e p r o b l e m s w i t h t h e v e r b to be i f t h e i r a c o p y o f t h e p a r a g r a p h a t t h e f r o n t o f t h e class. T h e Bs race
22
Students learn wh- questions with the verb to be andwww.frenglish.ru
practise
TEACHER'S NOTES LESSON 7 giving information about themselves.
Warm-up • F o c u s o n t h e L a n g u a g e n o t e . D r i l l t h e e x a m p l e s as a class
and individually. Check pronunciation.
• P u t a targe picture o f a f a m o u s person on t h e board (use • W r i t e : Is your name Teodor? on the board. Elicit possible
someone that students will recognize). a n s w e r s , e . g . Yes, it is. No, it isn't. Repeat for each question.
• Focus on t h e headings on t h e f o r m . Play audio for • P u t s t u d e n t s i n p a i r s . S a y : Write the bank clerk's questions
students t o listen and repeat. for each heading. ( R e m i n d s t u d e n t s t h a t t h e bank clerk
• G o t h r o u g h t h e a n s w e r s as a c l a s s . I f n e c e s s a r y p l a y t h e
audio again, stopping after each mistake. English in t h e world
He's 35. He's Polish. H e lives in W i c k h a m S t r e e t . His t e l e p h o n e • W r i t e : I'm Mrs Ann Jones, I'm Mrs Jones on t h e board. Put a
n u m b e r is 0 7 2 1 3 8 9 3 2 1 4 c r o s s n e x t t o t h e f i r s t s e n t e n c e t o s h o w i t is i n c o r r e c t . Remind
s t u d e n t s t h a t we d o n ' t say t h e first n a m e w h e n we use a t i t l e .
• P o i n t t o y o u r s e l f . S a y : I'm (Mrs Jones). Point to a student. Ask:
Audio script 7.2
Who are you? Elicit t h e student's title and surname. Repeat with
Clerk First, I need some i n f o r m a t i o n for t h e f o r m . So,
different students.
w h a t ' s y o u r t i t l e ? Is i t Mister?
Customer Yes, i t is. • W r i t e : Good morning, Mr Kennedy, o n t h e b o a r d . A s k -.formal or
Clerk A n d w h a t ' s y o u r first name? informal? E l i c i t : f o r m a l . R e p e a t w i t h an i n f o r m a l g r e e t i n g , e.g.
Customer It's T e o d o r . Hi, Sam.
Clerk Is t h a t T - H - E - 0 . . . ? • Elicit and write examples o f formal and informal situations
Customer N o , i t i s n ' t . It's T - E - 0 - D - 0 - R . T e o d o r . i n t w o c o l u m n s o n t h e b o a r d , e . g . f o r m a l : hotel, bank, shop,
Clerk T h a n k y o u , a n d w h a t ' s y o u r surname? i n f o r m a l : work, a p a r t y , the pub.
Customer It's M a k k .
• N o m i n a t e a s t u d e n t . T e l l t h e m y o u are a h o t e l g u e s t a n d he/she
Clerk H o w do y o u spell t h a t , please?
is t h e r e c e p t i o n i s t . S a y : Good morning. My name's (Stefan Brun).
Customer It's M - A - d o u b l e K.
E l i c i t : Good morning, (Mr Brun). Repeat with another example
Clerk M - A - d o u b l e K. T h a n k y o u . H o w old are y o u , Mr Makk?
f r o m t h e list t o elicit an e x a m p l e o f an i n f o r m a l i n t r o d u c t i o n .
Customer I'm t h i r t y - f i v e .
Clerk O K . A n d you're male, o f course. A r e y o u married? • F o c u s s t u d e n t s ' a t t e n t i o n o n t h e c a n d o s t a t e m e n t . Now I can
Customer I'm d i v o r c e d .
give and ask for personal information.
Clerk What's y o u r n a t i o n a l i t y ?
Customer I'm Polish.
Follow-up
Clerk O K . A n d w h a t do y o u do?
Customer I'm a nurse. • Write out t h e personal details cues from e x e r c i s e 1 on
Clerk What's y o u r address? separate pieces o f paper. Prepare one for each student.
Customer It's 29 Wickham S t r e e t - That's W - I - C - K - H - A - M
• H a n d o u t t h e pieces o f p a p e r . A s k s t u d e n t s t o m i n g l e a n d ask
- Wickham Street, Bristol.
Clerk A n d what's the postcode? a q u e s t i o n u s i n g t h e i r c u e , e . g . First name - What's your first
Customer It's BS6 7 P K . name? When students have asked and answered a question
Clerk What's y o u r p h o n e number? tell t h e m t o exchange papers and find another person to talk
Customer It's 0 7 2 1 3 8 9 3 2 1 4 . to with their new question.
Clerk A n d that's a mobile number.
Customer Y e s , i t is.
Customer
Clerk A n d w h a t a b o u t an e m a i l address?
Yes. It's t e o m a k k l , t h a t ' s T - E - O - M - A - K - K - l at m a k k . n e t .
Resource activity pages 184 and 259
Clerk OK. Thank you. Now which . . .
33
www.frenglish.ru
TEACHER'S NOTES LESSON 8 Students learn to talk about days and times.
Warm-up 7 A W h a t t i m e is t h e t r a i n ?
B It's at half p a s t s e v e n .
• Play Bingo (see page 1 0 ) t o revise numbers 1-60.
8 A Is t h e s h o p o p e n t o d a y ?
• Tell s t u d e n t s t o f i l l in t h e i r 4 x 4 grid with numbers of their
B N o , it's closed on S u n d a y s .
choice b e t w e e n 1 and 30.
14
Students learn a lexical set of daily activities andwww.frenglish.ru
talk about
TEACHER'S NOTES LESSON 9 their daily life.
Warm-up 1 I usually w a t c h T V in t h e e v e n i n g .
2 I s o m e t i m e s wake up at five o' clock.
Write a selection o f t i m e s on pieces o f paper, e.g . f i v e
3 I always leave h o m e at 7 . 3 0 .
o'clock on Monday evening, twenty past two on Friday morning,
4 I s o m e t i m e s go s h o p p i n g a f t e r w o r k .
quarter past three on Monday afternoon, etc. Prepare one for
5 I usually cook dinner.
each s t u d e n t .
6 I always have c o f f e e in t h e m o r n i n g .
H a n d o u t t h e pieces o f paper. Tell s t u d e n t s t o organize
t h e m s e l v e s in a r o w s t a r t i n g w i t h t h e e a r l i e s t d a y / t i m e .
E l i c i t / T e a c h : hairdresser, weekdays, salon, f r i e n d , open.
A s k s t u d e n t s t o read o u t t h e i r t i m e s / d a y s . A s k q u e s t i o n s a b o u t t h e p i c t u r e , e . g . How many people can
you see? What are they doing?
Read t h r o u g h t h e w h o l e t e x t . Focus on t h e first sentence o f
• E l i c i t / T e a c h : everyday life.
t h e t e x t . W r i t e : I get up at past s i x . Point to the gap.
• Focus on t h e pictures. Play audio i-'JIl for students to
A s k : What's this? Elicit possible w o r d s t o f i t in t h e g a p . e.g.
listen and repeat.
f i v e , ten, quarter, half.
• D r i l l e a c h i t e m as a c l a s s a n d i n d i v i d u a l l y .
Go t h r o u g h t h e t e x t eliciting possible words for each gap.
• Ask different students to say t h e activities. S a y : What's
Tell s t u d e n t s t o listen and c o m p l e t e t h e t e x t . Play audio
number 10? E l i c i t : cook dinner. Check pronunciation.
0 3 twice.
• P u t s t u d e n t s in pairs. Tell t h e m t o c o v e r t h e t e x t a n d t a k e it
G o t h r o u g h t h e a n s w e r s as a class. I f n e c e s s a r y p l a y t h e
i n t u r n s t o p o i n t a t t h e p i c t u r e s a n d a s k What's this?
audio again, stopping after each answer.
N o m i n a t e a s t u d e n t t o read t h e first s e n t e n c e f r o m t h e
Students m a y have problems r e m e m b e r i n g h o w to say
t e x t . Check p r o n u n c i a t i o n . C o n t i n u e round t h e class, asking
or spell E n g l i s h w o r d s b e c a u s e t h e y are n o t always
d i f f e r e n t s t u d e n t s t o read one sentence each.
p r o n o u n c e d t h e w a y t h e y a r e s p e l t , e . g . shower /'Jaoa//
breakfast /'brekfast/.
1 half 2 breakfast 3 shower 4 drive 5 nine
6 have lunch 7 go f o r a d r i n k 8 cook 9 watch TV
• P u t s t u d e n t s in pairs. A s k t h e m t o add t h r e e m o r e daily 1 0 go s h o p p i n g
a c t i v i t i e s t o t h e list. ( T h e y can use t h e i r d i c t i o n a r i e s if
necessary.) 6a Your life
• A s k s t u d e n t s t o call o u t t h e daily a c t i v i t i e s a n d w r i t e t h e s e Use t h e pictures in e x e r c i s e 1 and adverbs o f f r e q u e n c y to
on t h e board. Drill t h e new words. t a l k a b o u t a t y p i c a l d a y f o r y o u . S a y : I usually wake up at
seven o'clock. I always have a shower. I usually leave home at
Do the examples together. Play the first item on audio
quarter to e i g h t , e t c .
S t u d e n t s h e a r to work, make a sentence, then listen and
Tell s t u d e n t s t o w r i t e sentences a b o u t a t y p i c a l day for
repeat. Do the same with the second example.
t h e m , using adverbs of frequency. Monitor.
Play t h e rest of t h e audio.
29
www.frenglish.ru
TEACHER'S NOTES L E S S O N 10 Students learn and practise present simple statements.
S t u d e n t s o f t e n forget to use s in the t h i r d person 1 d o e s n ' t go 2 has 3 d o e s n ' t work 4 d o e s n ' t clean
- possibly because t h e r e are f e w v e r b e n d i n g s i n English. 5 washes 6 d o e s n ' t go 7 goes 8 d o e s n ' t like
2 • W r i t e : I go to Leeds U n i v e r s i t y , o n t h e b o a r d . A s k : state or 6 l A i i u m
activity? E l i c i t : state. R e p e a t w i t h I usually clean the tables. • Focus on t h e verbs in t h e box. Say positive and negative
to elicit a c t i v i t y . s e n t e n c e s a b o u t y o u r l i f e , e . g . I work in a school. I don't go
• P u t s t u d e n t s in pairs. Tell t h e m t o look at verbs in t h e f i r s t to work in the evening.
t e x t i n e x e r c i s e 1 . A s k : Which verbs are activities? Elicit: • Tell s t u d e n t s t o w r i t e t h r e e positive and t h r e e negative
clean, wash. R e p e a t w i t h Which verbs are states? to elicit go, sentences a b o u t their life. Monitor.
have, work, like. • N o m i n a t e a s t u d e n t . S a y : I work in a school. What about you,
• Focus on t h e table. Drill t h e examples. Check pronunciation ( K a t i a ) ? E l i c i t : I work in a school, t o o . / I don't work in a
o f es i n washes, goes ( a n e x t r a s y l l a b l e i n washes b u t n o t in school. Ask the same question to different students.
goes). G o t h r o u g h t h e rules on Student's B o o k page 104. • R e p e a t w i t h a n e g a t i v e s e n t e n c e , e . g . I don't go to work in
• T e l l s t u d e n t s t o c o v e r e x e r c i s e 1 . W r i t e : go, have, work, the evening. E l i c i t : I don't go to work in the evening either. /
clean, wash, l i k e , do o n t h e board. I go to work in the evening.
• P u t s t u d e n t s in pairs. A s k t h e m t o w r i t e t h e t h i r d person • P u t s t u d e n t s in pairs t o c o m p a r e t h e i r daily life. Monitor.
s i n g u l a r f o r e a c h v e r b . G o t h r o u g h as a c l a s s . C h e c k • Ask different students to say one positive and one negative
pronunciation. s e n t e n c e a b o u t t h e i r p a r t n e r ' s d a i l y l i f e , e . g . (Ana) works in
an o f f i c e . / (Ana) doesn't drive to work. Check pronunciation.
3 a • W r i t e : I go to the pub at six o'clock, on the board. Ask:
What does John do at six o'clock? E l i c i t : He goes to the pub
at six o'clock, and write it on the board. English in t h e world
• Focus on t h e sentences. Tell s t u d e n t s t o w r i t e a b o u t J o h n . • E l i c i t / T e a c h : part-time, term time, full-time, holiday.
• P u t s t u d e n t s in pairs t o c o m p a r e t h e i r s e n t e n c e s . • R e a d t h r o u g h t h e t e x t as a c l a s s . A s k q u e s t i o n s t o c h e c k
c o m p r e h e n s i o n , e . g . Do all students in the UK have jobs? Where
b • P l a y a u d i o il*M f o r s t u d e n t s t o l i s t e n a n d c h e c k .
do students work?
• Play t h e audio again for s t u d e n t s t o listen and repeat.
• P u t s t u d e n t s in pairs t o discuss s t u d e n t j o b s in t h e i r c o u n t r y .
Audio script 1 0 . 2
• F o c u s s t u d e n t s ' a t t e n t i o n o n t h e c a n d o s t a t e m e n t : Now I can
1 He goes t o t h e pub at six o'clock. 2 He usually has dinner t h e r e .
describe someone else's everyday life.
3 He starts work at seven o'clock. 4 He finishes work at half past
eleven. 5 He lives near t h e p u b . 6 He always walks h o m e .
Follow-up
7 He w a t c h e s T V f o r half an hour. 8 T h e n he goes t o b e d .
• U s e t h e s e c o n d t e x t f r o m e x e r c i s e 1 as a d i c t a t i o n . Dictate
Warm-up
• F o c u s on t h e L a n g u a g e n o t e . E l i c i t t h a t t h e r e are t w o
• Write five present simple sentences on the board. Each
pieces of i n f o r m a t i o n in each o f t h e e x a m p l e sentences.
s e n t e n c e s h o u l d c o n t a i n o n e m i s t a k e , e . g . She haves a part-
• E l i c i t / E x p l a i n t h a t w e u s e and t o join t w o positive pieces
time job. They doesn't go to school. Wake they up at seven
o f i n f o r m a t i o n , but t o j o i n a positive and a n e g a t i v e piece
o'clock. I no like my job. He doesn't works in an office.
o f i n f o r m a t i o n , a n d because w h e n we give a reason for
• P u t s t u d e n t s in small g r o u p s . Tell t h e m t o f i n d t h e mistakes something.
and rewrite the sentences correctly, • W r i t e : 1 He cleans the tables. He washes the glasses. 2 She
earns a lot of money. She doesn't like her job. 3 He travels to
• Go t h r o u g h t h e answers, w r i t i n g t h e m on t h e board for
work by bus. He hasn't got a car. on the board.
students to check.
• P u t s t u d e n t s in pairs a n d t e l l t h e m t o w r i t e s e n t e n c e s with
• E l i c i t t h e o p p o s i t e o f e a c h s e n t e n c e , e . g . She has a part-time and, but, or because.
job. / She doesn't have a part-time job. • Ask i n d i v i d u a l s t u d e n t s t o rewrite t h e sentences on t h e
b o a r d . E l i c i t : He cleans the tables and washes the glasses.
She earns a lot of money but she doesn't like her job. He
1 • F o c u s o n t h e p i c t u r e o f L i g a y a . A s k : What's her name? How
travels to work by bus because he hasn't got a car.
old is she? Where does she live? Encourage s t u d e n t s t o guess
some of Ligaya's details.
• Play audio > H I for s t u d e n t s t o read and listen. Ask: • Use t h e cues t o tell s t u d e n t s a b o u t y o u r e v e r y d a y life, e . g .
What's Ligaya's job? E l i c i t : She's a teacher. S a y : My name is (Anna) and I live in ( L o n d o n ) .
• Ask questions to find out if your students know anything • F o c u s o n t h e p u n c t u a t i o n u s e d i n t h e p a t t e r n . A s k : How do
a b o u t t h e P h i l i p p i n e s , e . g . Where are the Philippines? What's you begin and end a sentence? E l i c i t : Begin with a capital
the capital city? letter and end with a f u l l stop. R e m i n d s t u d e n t s t o use
• E l i c i t / T e a c h key v o c a b u l a r y for each paragraph, e.g. capital letters with the names of days.
p a r a g r a p h 1 : elementary school, near, city centre, expensive, • S a y : Follow the pattern. Write about your l i f e . Monitor.
t r a v e l , long time, t r a f f i c , summer • P u t s t u d e n t s in pairs. A s k t h e m t o e x c h a n g e t h e i r t e x t s .
p a r a g r a p h 2 : normally, main road S a y : Read about your partner. Check s p e l l i n g , capital letters,
p a r a g r a p h 3 : earn, journey and f u l l - s t o p s .
p a r a g r a p h 4 : church, beach • N o m i n a t e i n d i v i d u a l s t u d e n t s t o read o u t t h e i r t e x t s . Check
• Play t h e audio again while s t u d e n t s read and listen. pronunciation.
33
www.frenglish.ru
Students revise the present simple and learn phrases for
TEACHER'S NOTES LESSON 12 responding to things people say.
18
Students learn a lexical set of free-time activities and talk about
www.frenglish.ru
~ TEACHER'S NOTES LESSON 13 what they do in their free time.
Warm-up A u d i o script 1 3 . 3
Woman 1 My name's M a r i a . W h a t do I do in my free t i m e ? I go
• Elicit daily a c t i v i t i e s a n d w r i t e t h e s e on t h e b o a r d in random
s w i m m i n g and I play t e n n i s . I d o n ' t play a musical
order. Drill t h e words and check pronunciation.
i n s t r u m e n t , b u t I listen t o music. I like j a z z .
• Tell s t u d e n t s t o list t h e a c t i v i t i e s in t h e order t h a t t h e y do Man 1 My name's Dev. Free t i m e ? L e t me see. I do karate a n d
them. I play t h e p i a n o . A n d I play c o m p u t e r g a m e s , t o o .
Woman 2 My name's A n n a . I n m y free t i m e I read b o o k s - novels
• P u t s t u d e n t s in pairs t o c o m p a r e t h e i r lists a n d t a l k a b o u t
m o s t l y . I d o n ' t play a n y s p o r t s , b u t I do y o g a . A n d I
their daily activities. Monitor.
go j o g g i n g .
Man 2 My name's Caspar. I d o n ' t play a n y s p o r t s . I n my
1 • E l i c i t / T e a c h : free time. f r e e t i m e I go t o t h e cinema or I w a t c h T V . I go t o
r e s t a u r a n t s w i t h my f r i e n d s , t o o . I love f o o d .
• Focus on t h e pictures. Play audio nil for students to
listen and repeat.
• D r i l l e a c h i t e m as a class a n d individually. b • W r i t e : Maria swimming. She tennis and she
a t d i f f e r e n t a c t i v i t i e s a n d a s k What's this? Monitor. activities that Dev, Anna, and Caspar do.
• P u t s t u d e n t s in pairs t o c o m p a r e their answers.
2 • Tell s t u d e n t s t o add more f r e e - t i m e a c t i v i t i e s t o t h e list
• G o t h r o u g h t h e a n s w e r s as a class. A s k i n d i v i d u a l s t u d e n t s
(using dictionaries if necessary).
t o read o u t o n e sentence each. Check pronunciation.
• A s k s t u d e n t s t o call t h e m o u t and w r i t e t h e m on t h e board.
Drill t h e new words and check comprehension. Dev does k a r a t e . He plays t h e p i a n o and he plays c o m p u t e r g a m e s .
A n n a reads b o o k s . She does y o g a a n d she goes j o g g i n g .
• F o c u s o n t h e L a n g u a g e n o t e . D r i l l t h e e x a m p l e s as a c l a s s
Caspar goes t o t h e cinema and he w a t c h e s T V . He goes t o
and individually.
r e s t a u r a n t s w i t h his f r i e n d s .
• T e l l s t u d e n t s t o c o v e r t h e p i c t u r e s in e x e r c i s e 1 . S a y a n
a c t i v i t y . Tell s t u d e n t s t o say y e s if we use t h e verb p l a y ,
a n d no i f w e u s e a d i f f e r e n t v e r b , e . g . S a y : tennis Elicit:
5 mam
• G o t h r o u g h t h e a c t i v i t i e s in e x e r c i s e 1 . S a y t r u e s e n t e n c e s
yes. Say t w o or t h r e e a c t i v i t i e s a t r a n d o m t h e n p u t s t u d e n t s
a b o u t t h e t h i n g s t h a t y o u d o / d o n ' t d o , e . g . I play table
in pairs t o practise.
tennis. / I don't play f o o t b a l l .
s a m e as i n t h e s t u d e n t ' s l a n g u a g e . F o r e x a m p l e , English (Maria)? E l i c i t : I play the piano, t o o . / I don't play the piano.
some sports, b u t S p a n i s h uses d i f f e r e n t verbs. • W r i t e : I play table tennis and f o o t b a l l . I don't play the piano
or the v i o l i n . I do karate, but I don't do yoga, on the board.
U n d e r l i n e and, or, but. R e m i n d s t u d e n t s t h a t and connects
3 • Do t h e examples t o g e t h e r . Play t h e first i t e m on audio
t w o p o s i t i v e s e n t e n c e s , or c o n n e c t s t w o n e g a t i v e sentences,
B Q . S t u d e n t s h e a r karate, make a sentence with the
w h i l e but connects a positive and a negative sentence.
correct verb, t h e n listen and repeat. Do t h e same w i t h the
second item. • Tell s t u d e n t s t o w r i t e a paragraph a b o u t t h e a c t i v i t i e s in
Maria: s w i m m i n g , t e n n i s , l i s t e n i n g t o music ( j a z z )
D e v : k a r a t e , play t h e p i a n o , c o m p u t e r games Resource activity pages 226 and 280
A n n a : read b o o k s ( n o v e l s ) , y o g a , j o g g i n g
Caspar: go t o t h e c i n e m a , w a t c h T V , go t o r e s t a u r a n t s
117
Students learn and practise present simple questions and ask
www.frenglish.ru
~ TEACHER'S NOTES LESSON 14 each other about their free time.
Students who translate questions directly from their own Tell s t u d e n t s t o use t h e cues t o m a k e questions.
G o t h r o u g h t h e q u e s t i o n s as a class. A s k s t u d e n t s t o say o n e
language may make mistakes in English.
question each. Check i n t o n a t i o n and pronunciation o f do.
T h e y m a y o m i t t h e s u b j e c t p r o n o u n ( I , y o u , he, etc) or
f o r g e t t o u s e t h e a u x i l i a r y v e r b do i n q u e s t i o n s because
1 W h a t do y o u do in y o u r f r e e t i m e ? 2 Do y o u like sport?
t h e y don't h a v e to use t h e m i n their o w n language, e.g.
3 W h a t kind o f music do y o u listen to? 4 Do y o u p l a y a m u s i c a l
S p a n i s h . Problems w i t h w o r d order i n E n g l i s h m i g h t also instrument? 5 W h a t t h i n g s do y o u read? 6 Where do y o u m e e t
occur if questions and statements in the student's own y o u r friends? 7 Do y o u go t o t h e cinema e v e r y week?
language h a v e t h e same w o r d order, e.g. Chinese. 8 Do y o u play c o m p u t e r games?
second example. t h i r d p e r s o n s.
117
t Students revise present simple questions and talk www.frenglish.ru
about likes
LESSON 15 and dislikes.
• F o c u s s t u d e n t s ' a t t e n t i o n o n t h e c a n d o s t a t e m e n t : Now I
2 • E l i c i t / T e a c h : bank, supermarket, s a i l i n g , j u d o , TV, book, can talk about likes and dislikes.
Indian f o o d , I t a l i a n f o o d , opera, rock music. Write new words
on t h e board and drill t h e m . Follow-up
• Tell s t u d e n t s t o listen again and w r i t e E ( E d d i e ) or K ( K a t h )
• Use the wordlists for L e s s o n s 1 t o 1 5 to elicit more words
n e x t t o e a c h p i c t u r e . D o t h e f i r s t t w o as an e x a m p l e .
w i t h t h e s o u n d /o/ and / s o / . Write these on the board.
• P l a y t h e a u d i o t w i c e . G o t h r o u g h t h e a n s w e r s as a c l a s s . If
necessary play t h e audio again, stopping a f t e r each answer. • Put students in small groups t o make up sentences, using
w o r d s w i t h t h e s e s o u n d s , e . g . John goes j o g g i n g . My mobile
1 K, E 2 E, K 3 E, K 4 K, E 5 K, E phone is old. Ask groups t o read their sentences.
R e v i e w a n d W o r d l i s t s Lessons 9 - 1 6
S t u d e n t ' s B o o k pages 8 5 - 8 6
122
Students learn a lexical set of family members and talk about
www.frenglish.ru
TEACHER'S NOTES LESSON 17 their family.
not the relationships at this stage. • W r i t e : family member, name, parents, age, marital status,
home, job on t h e b o a r d . S h o w t h e class a p h o t o o f a m e m b e r
o f y o u r family. Point to t h e words on t h e board. S a y : Ask
1 • E l i c i t / T e a c h : family member. questions about the person in my photo. E l i c i t : Who is
• Ask s t u d e n t s t o call o u t t h e names of a n y family members he/she? What's his/her name? etc. Write t h e answers on t h e
t h e y know and write these on the board. b o a r d n e x t t o t h e r e l e v a n t w o r d , e . g . family member = niece,
• G o t h r o u g h t h e family tree, describing each branch Say: name = Emily.
These are the grandparents, the man is the grandfather, the • Point to t h e i n f o r m a t i o n on t h e board and tell s t u d e n t s t o
woman is the grandmother, etc. m a k e similar n o t e s a b o u t s o m e o n e in t h e i r f a m i l y . Monitor.
• Play audio i M I for s t u d e n t s to listen and repeat. • P u t s t u d e n t s in pairs and ask t h e m t o t e l l t h e i r p a r t n e r
• D r i l l e a c h i t e m as a c l a s s t h e n i n d i v i d u a l l y . C h e c k i n t o n a t i o n about their family member.
and pronunciation. • A s k s t u d e n t s t o t e l l t h e class a b o u t t h e i r p a r t n e r ' s f a m i l y
• Ask d i f f e r e n t s t u d e n t s t o say t h e f a m i l y m e m b e r s , e.g. Say: member.
What's number 3? E l i c i t : grandmother. Check pronunciation.
• P u t s t u d e n t s in pairs. Tell t h e m t o t a k e it in t u r n s t o point
Pronunciation
a t t h e p i c t u r e s a n d a s k What's this?
1 • Model the pronunciation o f / a / . D r i l l t h e s o u n d as a c l a s s
Students often have problems w i t h English family words. then individually.
In English we use the word 'parents' to m e a n our mother • Focus on t h e list o f w o r d s . Play a u d i o i > W for students to
and father. Some languages, for example Spanish, don't listen and repeat.
have a separate w o r d for parents a n d use t h e plural • W r i t e : sister o n t h e b o a r d a n d u n d e r l i n e t h e /s/ sound.
of 'father' to mean b o t h m o t h e r and father. The words R e p e a t w i t h parents, children, husband.
' b r o t h e r ' a n d 'sister' can also be p r o b l e m a t i c ; I n English
t h e y are used t o refer to siblings^ b u t i n o t h e r languages, 2 • Check t h a t s t u d e n t s u n d e r s t a n d t h e w o r d s in t h e list.
for example Chinese, t h e y can be used to refer to v e r y • S a y : Listen. Tick the words with an / a / sound. Play audio
close f r i e n d s . I C T 1 twice.
• G o o v e r t h e a n s w e r s as a class.
• P u t s t u d e n t s in pairs. Tell t h e m t o look at t h e f a m i l y t r e e • Play t h e audio again.for students to listen and repeat.
again and complete the sentences. • P u t s t u d e n t s in pairs. Tell t h e m t o look at t h e w o r d l i s t s f o r
• G o t h r o u g h t h e a n s w e r s as a c l a s s . A s k i n d i v i d u a l s t u d e n t s cycles 1 - 4 and find five more words with /a/. Put students
t o read sentences. Check pronunciation. in small g r o u p s t o c o m p a r e t h e i r w o r d s . Monitor.
t w o s e n t e n c e s a b o u t A n d r e w a n d B e t t y . E l i c i t : Andrew is Enrique are father and son. Prince William and the Queen of
Betty's husband. Betty is Andrew's wife. England are grandson and grandmother.
•
sentences.
G o t h r o u g h t h e a n s w e r s as a class. A s k d i f f e r e n t s t u d e n t s t o
Resource activity pages 204 and 269
read t h e sentences.
73
www.frenglish.ru
Students learn and practise have/has got and talk about
~ TEACHER'S NOTES LESSON 18 possessions, families, and descriptions.
f a m i l y a n d w h o t h e y a r e , e . g . There are four people in my both got sisters. ( M i k h a i l ) has got a brother but (Andrea)
f a m i l y : me, my brother Jaime, my f a t h e r , and my mother. hasn't. ( E r r o l ) hasn't got any sisters or brothers. Remind
s t u d e n t s w h e n t o u s e and, but, or.
• P u t s t u d e n t s in small g r o u p s t o c o m p a r e t h e i r s e n t e n c e s .
l a • E l i c i t / T e a c h : not yet, drawer. • Ask i n d i v i d u a l s t u d e n t s t o say sentences a b o u t t h e s t u d e n t s
• Play a u d i o B M I 1 f o r s t u d e n t s t o read and listen. i n t h e i r g r o u p . C h e c k f o r c o r r e c t u s e o f and, but, or.
• Focus on the first picture. Ask questions about the picture,
e . g . Who can you see? Where are they? What's Jordan doing? 4 • F o c u s o n t h e t a b l e . D r i l l t h e e x a m p l e s as a c l a s s a n d
• R e p e a t w i t h t h e rest o f t h e audio. in t h e t a b l e .
• Drill e a c h s e n t e n c e as a class a n d i n d i v i d u a l l y . Check • Nominate two students. Ask about their partners, e.g. Has
Jordan got any nieces or nephews? Has Jordan got a picture of a b o u t o t h e r s t u d e n t s in t h e class, using t h e q u e s t i o n s in
his sister? What colour hair has Jordan's sister got? the table.
117
www.frenglish.ru
TEACHER'S NOTES LESSON 19 Students revise have/ has got and write about their families.
1 • F o c u s o n t h e p i c t u r e o f L u i s . A s k : How old is he? Who are • G o t h r o u g h e a c h p a r a g r a p h . A s k : Who does Luis talk about in
the people in the photo with him? etc. Encourage students to each paragraph? E l i c i t : 1 - his wife and children, his parents,
• Play audio m i l t w i c e while s t u d e n t s read t h e t e x t . Ask: • Tell students t o look at t h e first paragraph. A s k : What
Who are the people in the photographs? information does Luis give about himself? E l i c i t : He talks
• Go through t h e answers together. about his w i f e , his children, where they l i v e , where he was
born. R e p e a t w i t h e a c h p e r s o n i n t h e t e x t , i . e . his parents,
1 L u i s , his w i f e , and t h e i r t w o children 2 his sister, her h u s b a n d , his grandfather, his brother and sister.
a n d t h e i r l i t t l e girl 3 his b r o t h e r , M a n o l o • F o c u s on t h e exercise. G o t h r o u g h t h e list o f p e o p l e a n d t e l l
s t u d e n t s t o m a k e n o t e s a b o u t t h e p e o p l e in t h e i r f a m i l y .
• Ask questions to find out if your students know anything
Monitor.
a b o u t S p a i n , e . g . Where is Spain? What's the capital city?
• N o w t e l l t h e m t o use t h e i r n o t e s t o w r i t e a b o u t t h e i r f a m i l y .
• E l i c i t / T e a c h key v o c a b u l a r y for each paragraph, e.g.
R e m i n d s t u d e n t s t o use paragraphs.
p a r a g r a p h 1 : born, south, v i s i t , New Year, celebration,
• P u t s t u d e n t s in p a i r s / s m a l l groups t o talk a b o u t their
wedding, birthday
families. Monitor.
p a r a g r a p h 2 : good fun
*
paragraph 3: send
p a r a g r a p h 4 : now and then, cool, sports car
English in t h e world
• Play t h e audio again while s t u d e n t s read and listen. • E l i c i t / T e a c h : t y p i c a l , single-parent, a d u l t , leave home.
• R e a d t h r o u g h t h e t e x t as a c l a s s . A s k q u e s t i o n s a b o u t t h e
2 • Tell s t u d e n t s t o read t h e first paragraph again. Focus on t h e
t e x t t o c h e c k c o m p r e h e n s i o n , e . g . What's a married couple?
f i r s t s t a t e m e n t . A s k : Have Luis and Mariluz got two or three How many children does a typical British family have? When do
children? E l i c i t : Two. children leave home in Britain?
• Read t h r o u g h t h e s t a t e m e n t s . P u t s t u d e n t s in pairs t o
• A s k s t u d e n t s q u e s t i o n s a b o u t families in t h e i r c o u n t r i e s , e.g.
complete the exercise.
Are there a lot of single-parent families in (China)? When do
• G o t h r o u g h t h e a n s w e r s as a class. I f s o m e s t u d e n t s find children usually leave home in ( I t a l y ) ? I f y o u r s t u d e n t s a r e a l l
the exercise difficult, number the paragraphs and help by t h e s a m e n a t i o n a l i t y , use t h e b o a r d t o r e c r e a t e a similar t e x t
g i v i n g , or a s k i n g f o r , t h e n u m b e r o f t h e c o r r e c t paragraph a b o u t a t y p i c a l f a m i l y in t h e i r c o u n t r y .
for each answer.
• F o c u s s t u d e n t s ' a t t e n t i o n o n t h e c a n d o s t a t e m e n t : Now I can
1 two 2 Madrid 3 d o n ' t like 4 one brother 5 O n l y o n e , is write about my f a m i l y .
6 Canada 7 daughter 8 s p o r t s car
Follow-up
3 • F o c u s o n t h e L a n g u a g e n o t e . D r i l l e a c h e x a m p l e as a c l a s s
• Put students in pairs. Tell t h e m t o look back at t h e t e x t in
and individually.
exercise 1 and make a family tree for Luis. (Refer t h e m to
• Focus on t h e table on Student's Book page 106.
lesson 1 7 for a model).
• Ask students to look at the t e x t again and underline the
o b j e c t p r o n o u n s (us, them, her, me, h i m ) . Write these on t h e • P u t s t u d e n t s in small g r o u p s t o c o m p a r e t h e f a m i l y trees
113
www.frenglish.ru
Students revise have got and learn phrases for making and
TEACHER'S NOTES LESSON 20 responding to suggestions.
Warm-up 3a • F o c u s on t h e E v e r y d a y e x p r e s s i o n s . Tell s t u d e n t s t o f i n d
a n d u n d e r l i n e t h e m in t h e t e x t .
• Use t h e pictures in l e s s o n 1 2 t o revise t h e s t o r y t o d a t e .
• W r i t e : Why we go for a meal? on t h e board. P o i n t t o
Ask questions a b o u t the characters and the story, e.g. Who
t h e gap a n d ask s t u d e n t s t o s u p p l y t h e missing w o r d .
are the people? Who does Peter fancy? Where is Sarah?
Elicit: don't.
• Ask students to complete the expressions.
restaurant is it? What are they doing? What are they eating t o d o , e . g . go to the cinema, go for a meal, etc. Encourage
122
S
Students learn a lexical set of places in a town and www.frenglish.ru
talk about
TEACHER'S NOTES LESSON 21 the area where they live.
A u d i o script 2 1 . 2
1 E x c u s e me. Is t h e r e a n e w s a g e n t ' s near here?
She w a n t s a n e w s a g e n t ' s .
2 E x c u s e me. H o w do I get t o t h e m a r k e t , please?
He w a n t s t h e m a r k e t .
3 E x c u s e me. Is t h e r e a chemist's near here?
She w a n t s a c h e m i s t ' s .
122
Students learn and practise there is/are and say what there is in
www.frenglish.ru
TEACHER'S NOTES LESSON 22 a town.
Warm-up • G o t h r o u g h t h e a n s w e r s as a class. A s k d i f f e r e n t s t u d e n t s t o
say one sentence each. Check pronunciation.
• P u t s t u d e n t s in pairs. Give t h e m one m i n u t e t o write down
as m a n y p l a c e s i n a t o w n a s p o s s i b l e . 1 There's 2 There are 3 T h e r e isn't 4 There are t w o
5 There aren't a n y 6 There's 7 There isn't 8 There's
• A s k pairs t o call o u t their w o r d s . Write t h e m on t h e b o a r d
a n d d r i l l as a c l a s s a n d i n d i v i d u a l l y . C h e c k pronunciation.
b • Focus on t h e map. Ask questions a b o u t t h i n g s t h a t
a r e / a r e n ' t o n t h e m a p t o e l i c i t s h o r t a n s w e r s , e . g . Is there a
la • F o c u s o n t h e p i c t u r e s . A s k : Who /What can you see? What do church? Is there a sports centre?
telephone. There aren't any computers. can say what there is in a town.
4 a • Elicit/Teach: village.
• T e l l s t u d e n t s t o l o o k a t t h e m a p . A s k : What places can you
see? L i s t as m a n y p l a c e s as p o s s i b l e , e . g . church, cafe.
• Write: _ _ a church, on t h e board. Tell s t u d e n t s t o look at
t h e m a p a n d c o m p l e t e t h e s e n t e n c e . E l i c i t : There's. Do the
second example together.
• P u t s t u d e n t s in pairs t o c o m p l e t e t h e exercise.
122
Students learn and practise prepositions of place, andwww.frenglish.ru
describe
TEACHER'S NOTES LESSON 23 their town.
l b 2a 3b 4 b 5a 6b
122
www.frenglish.ru
TEACHER'S NOTES LESSON 24 Students learn and practise expressions for giving directions.
3 • Elicit/Teach: transport.
Follow-up
• Read through t h e first set of directions.
• Tell s t u d e n t s t o listen and c o m p l e t e t h e directions. Play t h e • Play S e n t e n c e H a n g m a n (see page 1 0 ) . Choose o n e o f t h e
first part of audio twice. sets o f directions from e x e r c i s e 3. N u m b e r t h e words on
• Repeat with the second set of directions. y o u r c o p y . W r i t e o u t t h e w o r d s as a s e r i e s o f g a p s a n d a d d
• G o t h r o u g h t h e a n s w e r s as a class. t h e p u n c t u a t i o n . Write t h e n a m e o f t h e place in t h e correct
position, e.g Transport ? _
1 1 right 2 right
2 1 left 2 left 3 bank
R e s o u r c e a c t i v i t y pages 1 9 7 and 265
R e v i e w s a n d W o r d l i s t s Lessons 1 7 - 2 4
S t u d e n t ' s B o o k pages 8 7 - 8 8
105
Students learn a lexical set of rooms and furniture and describe
www.frenglish.ru
TEACHER'S NOTES LESSON 2 5 their home.
Warm-up 5 A Is t h a t y o u r mobile?
B Where?
• E l i c i t t h e names o f places in y o u r s c h o o l / c o l l e g e , e . g . reception,
A T h e r e , on t h e t a b l e .
the staff room, men's toilets, the l i b r a r y , the computer room.
B O h , y e s , i t is. T h a n k s .
• P u t s t u d e n t s in t e a m s . Use expressions from l e s s o n 2 4 t o 6 A Where's my bag?
give directions t o one of the places. The first t e a m to guess B I don't know. Sorry.
t h e place wins a p o i n t . A O h , it's all r i g h t . I ' v e g o t i t . It's here, b e h i n d t h e c u r t a i n .
73
Students learn and practise present continuous statements and
www.frenglish.ru
~ TEACHER'S NOTES LESSON 26 questions.
• Nominate individual students. Ask questions about the things
Warm-up
h a p p e n i n g i n t h e c l a s s r o o m , e . g . Are you learning Russian?
• Make a Word S n a k e (see p a g e 1 1 ) o f verbs w h i c h a p p e a r in Is Simone eating? Are we sitting in a classroom? Are Tomas and
lesson 26 e.g. sitpaintplayhaverunworkgowatchstudyreadswim. Elena talking? Elicit positive and negative short answers.
• W r i t e : We in the garden, (sit) on t h e board. P o i n t t o having a rest, (Chen)? E l i c i t : Yes, I a m . / N o , I'm not.
• P u t s t u d e n t s in pairs a n d t e l l t h e m t o c o m p l e t e t h e o n e as a c l a s s a n d i n d i v i d u a l l y .
• G o t h r o u g h t h e a n s w e r s as a class. W r i t e t h e v e r b s o n t h e • A s k d i f f e r e n t s t u d e n t s a b o u t t h e i r p a r t n e r , e . g . Is (Chen)
b o a r d so s t u d e n t s c a n c h e c k t h e i r a n s w e r s . having a rest?
• F o c u s s t u d e n t s ' a t t e n t i o n o n t h e c a n d o s t a t e m e n t : Now I
1 're s i t t i n g 2 'm h a v i n g 3 're r u n n i n g 4 's w o r k i n g
can talk about what people are doing.
5 're p l a y i n g 6 're t r a v e l l i n g 7 's p a i n t i n g 8 're g o i n g
Follow-up
b • W r i t e : We're sitting in the garden, on t h e board. Elicit t h e
n e g a t i v e f o r m : We aren't sitting in the garden. • Elicit f r e e - t i m e a c t i v i t i e s (see l e s s o n 1 3 ) and w r i t e t h e s e on
• P u t s t u d e n t s in pairs. P o i n t t o t h e s e n t e n c e s in e x e r c i s e the board.
3 a . S a y : Make the sentences negative. Monitor.
• Ask a student to come to the front. Explain that h e / s h e has
• G o t h r o u g h t h e a n s w e r s as a class. t o m i m e an a c t i v i t y for 1 5 s e c o n d s a n d t h e rest o f t h e class
has t o guess w h a t h e / s h e ' s doing.
1 aren't s i t t i n g 2 'm n o t h a v i n g 3 aren't r u n n i n g
4 isn't w o r k i n g 5 aren't p l a y i n g 6 aren't t r a v e l l i n g • When the students have guessed the first activity, ask
7 isn't p a i n t i n g 8 aren't g o i n g another student to come to the front.
117
Students revise the present continuous by readingwww.frenglish.ru
a commentary
LESSON 27 and then describe their ideal room.
Warm-up 1 A t 9 . 1 5 he's t a k i n g f u r n i t u r e o u t o f t h e b e d r o o m .
2 A t 1 0 . 3 0 he's h a v i n g a rest.
• Write different items of furniture and different parts of a
3 A t 1 2 . 3 0 he's p a i n t i n g t h e w a l l s .
house (see l e s s o n 2 5 ) on pieces o f paper.
4 A t 3 . 1 5 he's p u t t i n g up t h e new c u r t a i n s .
• Prepare one piece o f paper per s t u d e n t . Ask t h e m t o look at
5 A t 4 . 0 0 he's p u t t i n g t h e f u r n i t u r e in t h e r o o m .
their word and write a definition. Monitor, helping where
6 A t 4 . 1 5 he's w a i t i n g f o r Tessa and Phil.
necessary.
• P u t s t u d e n t s in t w o t e a m s . M e m b e r s o f e a c h t e a m t a k e i t in 4 I f l W W f l l
turns to read o u t their definitions. I f t h e other team guesses • W r i t e : In my ideal room, there's on the board. Ask
correctly, t h e y get a point. s t u d e n t s t o g i v e e x a m p l e s o f f u r n i t u r e , e . g . a bed, a table, a
big wardrobe. Go through the t e x t eliciting several examples
to complete each sentence. Help w i t h vocabulary where
1 • Focus on t h e pictures. Ask questions a b o u t t h e people,
necessary.
e . g . What can you see? Who do you think the people in the
• Tell s t u d e n t s t o f o l l o w t h e p a t t e r n and w r i t e a b o u t t h e i r
pictures are? Who lives in the house? Encourage students to
ideal room. Monitor.
make guesses a b o u t t h e people.
• P u t s t u d e n t s i n p a i r s . S a y : Describe your ideal room.
• Read t h e t i t l e 'A R o o m in a Day'. A s k s t u d e n t s w h a t t h e y
• N o m i n a t e i n d i v i d u a l s t u d e n t s t o read o u t their descriptions.
t h i n k t h e t e x t is a b o u t .
Check pronunciation.
• Play audio f J B t w i c e w h i l e s t u d e n t s read t h e t e x t . Ask:
Who are the people in the pictures?
• Go through the answers together. English in the world
• E l i c i t / T e a c h : makeover programme, popular, expert, problem,
R u p e r t B u x t o n - J o n e s (a T V p r e s e n t e r ) , Tessa a n d Phil B r o w n .
decorate, change, d i e t , style of clothes.
• R e a d t h r o u g h t h e t e x t as a class. A s k q u e s t i o n s a b o u t t h e t e x t
• E l i c i t / T e a c h key v o c a b u l a r y for each paragraph, e.g.
t o c h e c k c o m p r e h e n s i o n , e . g . What's a makeover programme?
p a r a g r a p h 1 : TV presenter
Where are makeover programmes popular?
p a r a g r a p h 2 : take out, take down
• Ask students to think of reasons w h y people w a n t t o go on
paragraph 3: ceiling
makeover programmes.
p a r a g r a p h 4 : w a l l , f a v o u r i t e , colour, blue, put together
• Tell students t o rank t h e e x a m p l e makeover programmes 1-3,
p a r a g r a p h 5 : t e x t , get on, put up
w i t h t h e p r o g r a m m e t h e y w o u l d m o s t l i k e t o g o o n as n u m b e r 1 .
p a r a g r a p h 6 : keep, bedside table
• P u t s t u d e n t s in small g r o u p s t o c o m p a r e t h e i r r a n k i n g s .
p a r a g r a p h 7 : outside, upstairs, believe, surprise
• Play t h e audio again while s t u d e n t s read and listen. • F o c u s s t u d e n t s ' a t t e n t i o n o n t h e c a n d o s t a t e m e n t : Now I can
• Ask questions a b o u t t h e t e x t to check comprehension, describe a room.
e . g . What day is it? Who are Marina and Andy? Who's going
to London? What are Rupert and Andy taking out of the Follow-up _
bedroom? * M a k e t h e f o l l o w i n g c h a n g e s t o t h e t e x t 'A R o o m in a D a y ' :
p a r a g r a p h 1 : Thursday —> Tuesday, London —> Paris
2 • Tell s t u d e n t s t o read t h e first p a r a g r a p h a g a i n . Read t h e
p a r a g r a p h 2 : f u r n i t u r e —> things
f i r s t s t a t e m e n t . A s k : Is it true or false? Elicit: true.
p a r a g r a p h 3 : 10.30 10.45, coffee -h> tea
• Read t h r o u g h t h e s t a t e m e n t s . P u t s t u d e n t s in pairs t o
p a r a g r a p h 4 : blue —> red
complete the exercise.
p a r a g r a p h 5 : train —> bus, curtains —> pictures
• G o t h r o u g h t h e a n s w e r s as a c l a s s . I f s o m e s t u d e n t s f i n d
p a r a g r a p h 6 : big —> small
t h e exercise difficult, number t h e paragraphs and help by
p a r a g r a p h 7 : car —»taxi
g i v i n g , or asking for, t h e n u m b e r o f t h e correct paragraph
for each answer. ' Tell s t u d e n t s y o u are g o i n g t o read t h e t e x t w i t h ten
changes. Tell t h e m to read and make t h e changes.
I T 2 F 3 F 4 T 5 F 6 F
• G o t h r o u g h as a class.
• Tell s t u d e n t s t o l o o k a t t h e f a l s e s t a t e m e n t s ( 2 , 3 , 5, a n d
6 ) . W r i t e : He lives in the house, on t h e board. Ask s t u d e n t s
t o c o r r e c t t h e s t a t e m e n t . E l i c i t : He doesn't live in the
R e s o u r c e a c t i v i t y pages 200 and 2 6 7
house. / Phil and Tessa live in the house.
• P u t s t u d e n t s in p a i r s . P o i n t t o s t a t e m e n t s 3, 5, a n d 6 a n d
tell students t o make these into true statements.
• G o t h r o u g h t h e a n s w e r s as a c l a s s .
65
Students revise have got and learn phrases for making and
www.frenglish.ru
TEACHER'S NOTES LESSON 28 responding to suggestions.
p i c t u r e 2 : Why does Lucy need a CV? What are Jordan and • Mix up t h e pieces o f paper. Give one piece t o each s t u d e n t
Peter doing at the moment? Whose phone rings? and tell them to find the other half of their phrase.
p i c t u r e 3 : Who is Jordan speaking to?
• W h e n t h e s t u d e n t s have f o u n d b o t h halves of their phrase,
p i c t u r e 4 : Who has a problem with their computers? Why is he
ask t h e m t o read it o u t .
working on Saturday?
p i c t u r e 5 : Are Sarah and Peter alone?
R e s o u r c e a c t i v i t y pages 2 0 1 and 2 6 7
122
Students learn a lexical set of months and dates and practise
www.frenglish.ru
~ TEACHER'S NOTES LESSON 29 giving dates.
4 EJUS
about the events. Monitor.
1 • E l i c i t / T e a c h : month, year, date.
• Focus on t h e pictures. Play audio M - ' j i l for students t o
listen and repeat. • Write t h e f o l l o w i n g dates (at r a n d o m ) on t h e board: today's
• D r i l l e a c h i t e m as a c l a s s a n d individually. date, n e x t Tuesday's date, t h e date o f t h e n e x t school
• G o r o u n d t h e class e l i c i t i n g m o n t h s in order. h o l i d a y . A d d s o m e d a t e s t h a t are i m p o r t a n t t o y o u , e . g . y o u r
• P u t s t u d e n t s in pairs t o t a k e it in t u r n s t o say t h e months. birthday, your parents' wedding anniversary.
Monitor. • P o i n t t o t h e b o a r d . A s k : What's today's date? Elicit the date.
• A s k q u e s t i o n s t o e l i c i t m o n t h s , e . g . What month starts with R e p e a t w i t h next Tuesday's date / our next holiday.
a J and ends with an 'e'? What month is before June and • G o t h r o u g h t h e r e m a i n i n g d a t e s a n d e x p l a i n w h y t h e y are
after May? What's the fourth month? i m p o r t a n t , e . g . The fourteenth of November is my wedding
anniversary. The tenth of July is my b i r t h d a y .
Students often have problems spelling the m o n t h s of
• Focus on t h e questions.
t h e y e a r , e s p e c i a l l y t h o s e w h i c h are v e r y close t o the
• D r i l l e a c h q u e s t i o n as a class a n d i n d i v i d u a l l y . Check
students' o w n languages. For example, in G e r m a n and
i n t o n a t i o n ( t h i s f a l l s i n a wh- q u e s t i o n ) . S a y : Write answers
S w e d i s h o f t e n o n l y one or t w o letters are d i f f e r e n t .
for each question.
• P u t s t u d e n t s i n p a i r s . P o i n t t o t h e q u e s t i o n s . S a y : Ask and
• Focus on part 1 o f t h e L a n g u a g e n o t e . W r i t e : december,
answer the questions. Monitor.
august, january o n t h e b o a r d . E l i c i t t h a t t h e r e is n o c a p i t a L
• N o m i n a t e i n d i v i d u a l s t u d e n t s t o t e l l t h e class a b o u t t h e i r
l e t t e r a n d ask i n d i v i d u a l s t u d e n t s t o c o r r e c t t h e m .
p a r t n e r . A s k : What dates are important for (Ahmed)?
• Go t h r o u g h part 2. Drill t h e e x a m p l e . D i c t a t e three dates for
students to write down. Ask individual students to come to
the board and write the dates. English in the world
• R e a d t h r o u g h p a r t 3. D r i l l t h e e x a m p l e s . W r i t e : John's • E l i c i t / T e a c h : national celebration, New Year, Valentine's Day,
birthday is December. John's birthday is 21st March. May Day, Christmas, saint, independence.
E l i c i t t h e m i s s i n g w o r d s ( i n , on t h e ) . • Read t h e first part o f t h e t e x t . A s k if students celebrate
these days.
2a • Write: f i r s t , second, t h i r d , f o u r t h , f i f t h on the board. Elicit
• Go through the next part of the text. Ask questions, e.g.
each number. Check pronunciation.
When is American Independence Day?
• S t a r t a chain of numbers: S a y : f i r s t . N o m i n a t e a s t u d e n t .
• Focus on the questions. Ask students to give examples of
E l i c i t : second. Continue to t h i r t y - f i r s t .
national days they celebrate. Elicit ways people celebrate
• P u t s t u d e n t s in small g r o u p s t o p r a c t i s e t h e c h a i n . Monitor.
a n d w r i t e t h e m o n t h e b o a r d , e . g . give presents or cards, set
b • Focus on t h e list o f d a t e s . Play a u d i o t V W M w h i l e s t u d e n t s off f i r e w o r k s , eat special f o o d , say a special greeting. Drill
• Play t h e rest o f t h e a u d i o .
• G o o v e r t h e a n s w e r s as a class. W r i t e t h e d a t e s o n t h e b o a r d .
Follow-up _ ___
• G o t h r o u g h t h e n u m b e r o f days in e a c h month.
Audio script 29.3
1 A W h a t d a t e is our m e e t i n g ? • Dictate the following poem:
117
www.frenglish.ru
TEACHER'S NOTES LESSON 30 Students learn can / can't and practise talking about abilities.
Warm-up A u d i o script 3 0 . 2
1 speak Spanish drive
Play N o u g h t s a n d Crosses (see page 1 1 ) t o revise v o c a b u l a r y .
Can y o u speak Spanish? Can y o u drive?
Prepare definitions for nine words t h a t students have learned 2 play t h e g u i t a r read t h i s l e t t e r
i n p r e v i o u s l e s s o n s , e . g . a hot drink ( t e a ) , a language people Can y o u play t h e guitar? Can y o u read this letter?
speak in Australia ( E n g l i s h ) , a sport with 22 players and a 3 swim cook
ball ( f o o t b a l l ) , a room where you cook (kitchen), a musical Can y o u swim? Can y o u cook?
Warm-up • F o c u s o n t h e L a n g u a g e n o t e . D r i l l e a c h e x a m p l e as a class
then individually.
• Write o u t t h e m o n t h s of t h e year b u t leave a gap for each
• Write: June on the board. Point to the gap. A s k : What's
vowel, e.g. J _ ry, F__br_ _ ry, M_rch, _pr_l, M_y. this? E l i c i t : in. Repeat with: 9.20, the afternoon,
• Give students one minute t o write the missing vowels. _ the weekend, _ Wednesday, 21st December to
e l i c i t t h e p r e p o s i t i o n s ( a t , i n , at, on, on).
• A s k q u e s t i o n s t o e l i c i t t i m e e x p r e s s i o n s , e . g . What time do
1 • A s k q u e s t i o n s a b o u t t h e p i c t u r e , e . g . What are they doing?
you get up? When is your birthday? Elicit full sentences, e.g.
What do you think the woman's job is?
I get up at 6.30, My birthday's in March.
• E l i c i t / T e a c h : make an appointment.
• F o c u s on t h e t a b l e . G o t h r o u g h t h e list o f n a m e s . DrilL each 3 • Go through the conversation. Elicit the details for William
o n e as a c l a s s a n d i n d i v i d u a l l y . R e p e a t w i t h e a c h column. t o c o m p l e t e t h e c o n v e r s a t i o n . D r i l L e a c h l i n e as a c l a s s .
P a y a t t e n t i o n t o t h e p r o n u n c i a t i o n o f eleventh, seventh, • Ask t w o s t u d e n t s t o read t h e c o n v e r s a t i o n . Check
twenty-second, f i r s t , a n d third in t h e d a t e s . pronunciation.
• Play t h e first c o n v e r s a t i o n on t h e audio t w i c e . Tell s t u d e n t s • Tell students t o make t h e conversation for Mary. Monitor.
to choose a name and match the name, day, date, and time. • N o m i n a t e t w o pairs o f s t u d e n t s t o read one o f t h e
E l i c i t : William Dean, Thursday, 22 June, 1 0 . 1 5 . If necessary conversations each. Check pronunciation.
play t h e audio again, stopping after each answer.
4 M ' l U a i
• Repeat with the second conversation.
• G i v e e x a m p l e s o f a p p o i n t m e n t s t h a t y o u h a v e m a d e , e . g . to
1 William D e a n , T h u r s d a y , 22 J u n e , 1 0 . 1 5 see your dentist/bank manager. Ask students to give more
2 Mary S c o t t , T u e s d a y , 1 S e p t e m b e r , 3 . 0 0 e x a m p l e s , e . g . to speak to a teacher/the headmaster.
• Go through the pattern. Elicit examples of language for
A u d i o script 3 1 . 1 each part.
73
www.frenglish.ru
TEACHER'S NOTES LESSON 32 Students learn and practise expressions for making requests.
Warm-up F o c u s o n t h e E v e r y d a y e x p r e s s i o n s . D r i l l e a c h o n e as a
class a n d individually.
W r i t e a list o f w o r d s f r o m l e s s o n 3 2 t h a t s t u d e n t s have
Tell s t u d e n t s t o w r i t e t h e e x p r e s s i o n s in t h e i r o w n
l e a r n e d i n p r e v i o u s l e s s o n s , e . g . sandwich, conversation,
language.
giass, expression, please, excuse me, door, radio, thank you,
N o m i n a t e a s t u d e n t . A s k : ( E l e n a ) , how do you say 'Can I
listen, everyday.
use your pen, please?' in (Greek)? P u t s t u d e n t s in pairs t o
P u t s t u d e n t s in t w o t e a m s - A a n d B. S a y a w o r d f r o m y o u r practise. Monitor. N o t e t h a t if all o f t h e s t u d e n t s speak t h e
l i s t , e . g . sandwich. Team A says t h e first letter o f t h e words s a m e l a n g u a g e , y o u c o u l d d o t h i s as a w h o l e - c l a s s activity.
T e a m B s a y s t h e n e x t l e t t e r a. T h e y c o n t i n u e , alternating
G o t h r o u g h t h e l i s t o f r e a s o n s . D r i l l e a c h o n e as a c l a s s .
letters, to the end o f the word. If a team makes a mistake
S a y : Listen again. Does the person give a reason? Play the
t h e y 'lose' t h e w o r d .
f i r s t c o n v e r s a t i o n o n a u d i o K K H c l a g a i n . E l i c i t : Yes. Ask:
What reason does the person give? Play the conversation
la Play a u d i o W - H l for s t u d e n t s t o read a n d listen. a g a i n . E l i c i t : I can't hear it.
Elicit/Teach key vocabulary for each picture, e.g. Repeat w i t h each conversation.
105
Students learn a lexical set of jobs and duties, and talk about
www.frenglish.ru
EACHER'S NOTES LESSON 33 jobs.
Warm-up A Do y o u e n j o y y o u r j o b ?
B Yes, I d o , b u t t h e hours are v e r y l o n g .
Make a Word Snake (see page 1 1 ) o f w o r k - r e l a t e d words.
A W h a t do y o u do?
Prepare e n o u g h copies f o r s t u d e n t s t o w o r k in small g r o u p s
B I work for a sports company.
(or write the word snake on t h e board), e.g. conferencefulltim
A O h , w h e r e do y o u work?
emeetingbossassistantofficecompanyworkinterviewjobparttime. B I w o r k in o n e o f t h e i r f a c t o r i e s .
2a • G o t h r o u g h t h e list o f w o r d s . Tell s t u d e n t s t o p u t t h e w o r d s
1 a bus driver 2 a waiter 3 a chef 4 a nurse 5 a mechanic
in t h e c o r r e c t c o l u m n .
6 a shop a s s i s t a n t 7 a dentist 8 a computer engineer
b • Play audio H H E J for students to listen and check.
4a • E l i c i t / T e a c h : children's home, long hours, security guard, • Play the audio again for students t o listen and repeat.
reporter, police dog.
Audio script 33.4
• Play audio O Q all t h e w a y t h r o u g h .
• Focus on t h e questions. Play t h e first c o n v e r s a t i o n on t h e first s y l l a b l e : lawyer, p i l o t , f a c t o r y , w a i t e r
questions 2 and 3.
F o c u s s t u d e n t s ' a t t e n t i o n o n t h e c a n d o s t a t e m e n t : Now I
• Repeat with the remaining t w o conversations.
can talk about jobs.
• Go through the answers together. Check pronunciation.
Even when students have successfully practised the • Prepare six sentences, each w i t h a present simple/present
present simple and continuous in isolation, they will c o n t i n u o u s m i s t a k e , e . g . I works in a shop. My sister has a
often have difficulties deciding when to use each tense. shower at the moment. Does he listening to the radio now? My
This is particularly true if a student's own language is mother go shopping on Saturday. Is they going to London? He
non-inflected and uses different ways to express the is speaking French and E n g l i s h .
122
Students revise the present simple and present continuous and
www.frenglish.ru
S LESSON 35 write about their jobs.
Warm-up
• W r i t e : My name is and I'm from on t h e board.
• Write t h e a l p h a b e t on t h e board. Point t o t h e letter A and
Complete the sentences with true information about
elicit examples of countries beginning w i t h t h a t letter, e.g.
yourself. Go t h r o u g h t h e remaining cues, saying true
Australia, Austria, Andorra, Albania.
information about your job.
• P u t s t u d e n t s in t e a m s . Tell t h e m t h a t t h e y h a v e t h r e e
• Tell s t u d e n t s t o f o l l o w t h e p a t t e r n and w r i t e a b o u t t h e i r
m i n u t e s t o t h i n k o f o n e c o u n t r y f o r as m a n y o f t h e l e t t e r s
job. Monitor.
as p o s s i b l e . P o i n t o u t t h a t t h e y p r o b a b l y w o n ' t h a v e t i m e t o
• P u t s t u d e n t s in pairs t o describe t h e i r j o b .
find countries for every letter.
• N o m i n a t e i n d i v i d u a l s t u d e n t s t o read o u t their descriptions.
• After three minutes tell students to stop writing. Go through Check pronunciation.
t h e a l p h a b e t , e l i c i t i n g c o u n t r i e s f o r a s m a n y l e t t e r s as
possible. Teams get one point for a correct answer. English in the world
• E l i c i t / T e a c h : working hours, working d a y , large
1 • Focus on t h e pictures. Ask questions a b o u t t h e people, • R e a d t h r o u g h t h e t e x t as a class. A s k q u e s t i o n s a b o u t t h e
e . g . What can you see? Where do you think the people in t e x t t o c h e c k c o m p r e h e n s i o n , e . g . What's a normal working
the pictures are? What is the man doing? What is the woman week in Britain? When do shops usually open on Tuesdays?
taking a photo of? Encourage students to make guesses What time do shops close on Sundays? Which shops are
a b o u t t h e p e o p l e in t h e photos. sometimes open all day?
81
www.frenglish.ru
Students revise the present simple and present continuous and
TEACHER'S NOTES LESSON 36 learn phrases for talking about problems.
p i c t u r e 2 : Who is Peter with? Where are they? What are they i n t e r v i e w f o r a n e w j o b . P u t s t u d e n t s in pairs. A s k t h e m
I T 2 F 3 T 4 F 5F 61
• W r i t e : Lucy isn't worried about the interview, on the board.
Ask students to make this into a true statement. Elicit:
She's worried about the interview.
• P u t s t u d e n t s in pairs. Tell t h e m t o look at t h e o t h e r f a l s e
s t a t e m e n t s , 4 a n d 5, a n d make t h e m true.
• G o o v e r t h e a n s w e r s t o g e t h e r . E l i c i t : She can't explain why
she doesn't want to marry Peter. She doesn't tell Peter that
she's got a boyfriend.
122
I Students learn a lexical set of places to go and talk www.frenglish.ru
about the
TEACHER'S NOTES LESSON 37 places they go to and events.
English compound nouns, e.g. music f e s t i v a l , art g a l l e r y , How often do you go to the beach, (Marina)? Elicit complete
can be problematic. A compound noun is two words put s e n t e n c e s , e . g . I sometimes go to the beach.
together to form a third: music + festival = music f e s t i v a l . • Put students in pairs. Point t o t h e pictures and tell t h e m t o
W h y d o n ' t w e go t o t h e beach?
• F o c u s s t u d e n t s ' a t t e n t i o n o n t h e c a n d o s t a t e m e n t : Now I can
2 a concert talk about places to go.
W h y d o n ' t w e go t o a concert?
3 the zoo Follow-up
W h y d o n ' t w e go t o t h e z o o ?
• Play a game of Vocabulary Snap (see page 1 1 ) t o practise
4 the theatre
W h y d o n ' t w e go t o t h e t h e a t r e ? making compound nouns.
• Teams t a k e it in t u r n s t o f i n d w o r d s t h a t m a k e a c o m p o u n d
4 • F o c u s o n t h e p i c t u r e s in e x e r c i s e 1 . A s k q u e s t i o n s about
noun.
t h e sounds people hear at t h e different places and e v e n t s ,
e . g . What sounds do you hear at a football match? Elicit:
•
cheering,
Play audio E E E
whistles, etc. Help w i t h vocabulary if necessary.
the way through.
Resource activity pages 210 and 272
• P l a y t h e f i r s t i t e m o n t h e a u d i o t w i c e . A s k : Where are the
people? E l i c i t : They're at a football match.
• Play t h e rest of t h e audio t w i c e .
• G o o v e r t h e a n s w e r s as a c l a s s .
1 at a f o o t b a l l match 2 at a c o n c e r t 3 at t h e t h e a t r e / at a
play 4 at t h e z o o 5 at a t h e m e park 6 at an a r t gallery
85
www.frenglish.ru
TEACHER'S N O T E S LESSON 38 Students learn and practise the past simple of to be.
• E l i c i t / T e a c h : quite, boring, orange tree, tickets. 1 He was a w a y last w e e k . 4 She was at t h e m e e t i n g yesterday.
• Play audio F f r f t f for s t u d e n t s t o read and listen. Was he a w a y last week? Was she at t h e m e e t i n g yesterday?
1 She was at h o m e y e s t e r d a y . 2 We were at t h e t h e a t r e last can say where people were in the past.
night. 3 I was a t a f o o t b a l l m a t c h on S a t u r d a y . 4 Peter was at
w o r k last w e e k . 5 He was at a c o n f e r e n c e on M o n d a y . Follow-up
6 L u c y and J o r d a n were a t t h e cinema last n i g h t . 7 T h e y were a t
• W r i t e t i m e e x p r e s s i o n s o n s e p a r a t e p i e c e s o f p a p e r , e.g. four
The Coffee Shop yesterday. 8 I was at a club on Friday n i g h t .
o'clock last Wednesday, ten o'clock last n i g h t , Friday evening,
three o'clock this morning. Prepare one for each s t u d e n t .
b • P u t s t u d e n t s in pairs. P o i n t t o t h e cues a n d t e l l t h e m to
make their sentences negative. Monitor. • Tell students to find o u t where four people were at t h e t i m e
4 • F o c u s o n t h e t a b l e . D r i l l t h e e x a m p l e s as a class a n d
individually. Check pronunciation.
• Focus on t h e tables on Student's Book page 108.
• N o m i n a t e t w o pairs o f s t u d e n t s t o read o u t t h e exchanges.
113
Students use the past simple of to be and talk about www.frenglish.ru
how good
~ TEACHER'S NOTES LESSON 39 something was.
people doing? What do you think the man's job is? E l i c i t : the hotel s t a f f .
• E l i c i t / T e a c h : travel guide, guidebook, market research, • Play t h e rest of t h e audio for s t u d e n t s t o do t h e exercise.
feedback, guest, s t a f f , f r i e n d l y , gym, sauna, in general.
1 the hotel staff 2 t h e room 3 t h e room 4 the food
• Focus on t h e speech b u b b l e a n d read t h r o u g h it t o g e t h e r .
5 the gym 6 the swimming pool
A s k q u e s t i o n s a b o u t t h e t e x t , e . g . Who is Justin? Who does
he work for? Why is he doing market research?
b • A s k : What was the problem with the swimming pool? Play the
• P o i n t t o t h e f o r m . A s k : What is the form for? E l i c i t : for hotel
audio again, if necessary.
guest feedback.
89
Students learn and practise expressions for makingwww.frenglish.ru
TEACHER'S NOTES LESSON 40 arrangements.
2 a • Focus on t h e E v e r y d a y e x p r e s s i o n s . W r i t e : Would you like lesson (e.g. from t h e Tourist Office, local newspapers, or
go to the theatre? on t h e board. Tell s t u d e n t s t o read t h e I n t e r n e t ) and display t h e m on t h e board or around the
expression. E l i c i t : to. • Give students a few minutes to walk around and look at the
• P u t s t u d e n t s in pairs. Tell t h e m t o read t h e t e x t again a n d leaflets. Tell t h e m t o w r i t e d o w n t h e t h r e e places t h a t t h e y
complete the expressions. think they would enjoy.
b • Play audio W.HWM for s t u d e n t s t o listen and check. • P u t students in small groups t o compare their ideas.
R e s o u r c e a c t i v i t y pages 2 1 3 a n d 2 7 3
• Play t h e audio again for students t o listen and repeat.
• D r i l l e a c h e x p r e s s i o n as a class a n d individually.
R e v i e w a n d W o r d l i s t s Lessons 3 3 - 4 0
• Tell s t u d e n t s t o w r i t e t h e expressions in t h e i r o w n language. S t u d e n t ' s B o o k pages 9 1 - 9 2
• N o m i n a t e a s t u d e n t . A s k : ( A n a ) , how do you say let's go for a
meal.' in (Polish)? P u t s t u d e n t s in pairs t o p r a c t i s e . Monitor.
122
www.frenglish.ru
Students learn a lexical set of school subjects and talk about
,'S NOTES LESSON 41 school.
J
1 • E l i c i t / T e a c h : school subject.
b • E l i c i t / T e a c h : Latin.
• Focus on t h e pictures. Play audio H H 8 for students to • Read t h r o u g h t h e list o f l a n g u a g e s . Tell s t u d e n t s t o listen
listen and repeat. and tick t h e languages t h a t Linda says. Play the audio again.
• D r i l l e a c h i t e m as a c l a s s a n d i n d i v i d u a l l y . • G o t h r o u g h t h e a n s w e r s as a class.
In English we usually use capital letters for school/ at English but I wasn't very good at Geography. P . E . was OK
university subjects but not when we use the same word because I like sport. My favourite teacher was (Mr S m i t h ) . He
in another context, e.g. I like Music. (I like the course). was our Chemistry teacher.
audio again, pausing after each child. children when they leave primary school? What exams do British
students take at secondary school?
A d a m likes G e o g r a p h y , I . T . ( I n f o r m a t i o n T e c h n o l o g y ) , A r t . He • A s k s t u d e n t s q u e s t i o n s a b o u t schools in t h e i r country/
d o e s n ' t like C o o k e r y or E n g l i s h .
c o u n t r i e s , e . g . When do children start school in (Russia)? How
H o l l y likes P . E . ( P h y s i c a l E d u c a t i o n ) , F r e n c h , B i o l o g y . She d o e s n ' t many years do children stay at Primary School in (Peru)? When do
like S c i e n c e , Physics, C h e m i s t r y .
students in ( E g y p t ) take exams?
J o e likes H i s t o r y , Music, P.E. He doesn't like M a t h s .
• F o c u s s t u d e n t s ' a t t e n t i o n o n t h e c a n d o s t a t e m e n t : Now I can
talk about school subjects.
Audio script 4 1 . 2
Linda S o , is t h i s y o u r class at s c h o o l , A d a m ?
Follow-up
Adam Yes, it is. That's me t h e r e w i t h my f r i e n d , M a r t i n . That's
Mrs H a r r i s . She's our G e o g r a p h y t e a c h e r . She's really g o o d . • Divide a piece of paper i n t o t w o columns. Write o u t school
I like G e o g r a p h y . It's my f a v o u r i t e s u b j e c t . s u b j e c t s , e . g . Mathematics, A r t , on one side a n d d e f i n i t i o n s
Linda W h a t o t h e r s u b j e c t s do y o u like? o n t h e o t h e r , e . g . You study numbers in this class, You learn to
Adam O h , w e l l , I like I T . paint pictures in this class. C u t t h e p a p e r up so y o u h a v e o n e
Linda What's I T ? s c h o o l s u b j e c t or one d e f i n i t i o n on each piece.
Adam I n f o r m a t i o n Technology - you know, computers and
things. • H a n d o u t o n e piece o f paper t o each s t u d e n t . Tel
i students
Linda O h , I see. Well, t h e r e w e r e n ' t a n y c o m p u t e r s w h e n I was to mingle and match a subject and a definition.
at s c h o o l . ' —.
• A t t h e e n d ask each pair o f s t u d e n t s t o read o u t
Adam O h , r i g h t . I l i k e j d ^ t o o , b u t I d o n ' t like C o o k e r y , and I their
d e f i n i t i o n . T h e r e s t o f t h e c l a s s h a v e t o g u e s s t hle s u b j e c t .
d o n ' t like English v e r y m u c h . —
Linda A n d w h a t a b o u t y o u . Holly? What's y o u r f a v o u r i t e
subject?
Resource activity pages 214 and 274
93
www.frenglish.ru
TEACHER'S NOTES LESSON 42 Students learn and practise past simple statements.
The past simple is relatively straightforward because it is 4 He d i d n ' t retire w h e n he was 6 0 . He retired w h e n he was 65.
the same for all subjects. This means that, unlike more 5 He d i d n ' t w a n t t o retire. He w a n t e d t o do s o m e t h i n g .
highly inflected languages where the form of the verb 6 His n e p h e w d i d n ' t have an e n g i n e e r i n g c o m p a n y . He had a f o o d
must have a subject in order for it to make sense. 7 He d i d n ' t g e t up at six o'clock y e s t e r d a y . He g o t up at f o u r
o'clock.
8 He d i d n ' t d r i v e t o w o r k . He t o o k t h e b u s .
2 • G o t h r o u g h t h e rules on S t u d e n t ' s B o o k p a g e 1 0 8 .
• F o c u s o n r e g u l a r v e r b s . D r i l l t h e e x a m p l e s as a class a n d
i n d i v i d u a l l y . C h e c k -ed p r o n u n c i a t i o n . W r i t e : cooked, liked,
• G o t h r o u g h t h e list o f t h i n g s a n d t e l l s t u d e n t s a b o u t t h e
stopped o n t h e b o a r d . P o i n t t o cooked. A s k : What's the verb?
t h i n g s y o u d i d / d i d n ' t d o y e s t e r d a y , e . g . I went to work
E l i c i t : cook. P o i n t t o e a c h p a s t f o r m t o e l i c i t l i k e , stop.
yesterday, I didn't get up at seven o'clock.
• Elicit t h e f o l l o w i n g spelling rules for regular v e r b s :
• N o m i n a t e d i f f e r e n t s t u d e n t s S a y : I went to work yesterday.
m o s t v e r b s : a d d -ed ( e . g . cook - cooked)
What about you, (Ivan)? E l i c i t : I went to work too. / I didn't
v e r b s e n d i n g e : a d d -d ( e . g . live - lived)
go to work. Repeat with a negative sentence, e.g. I didn't
verbs ending short v o w e l + a consonant: double the
get up at seven o'clock. What about you (Rita)? Elicit: I didn't
c o n s o n a n t a n d a d d -ed ( e . g . stop - stopped).
get up at seven o'clock either. / I got up at seven o'clock.
• F o c u s on t h e s e c o n d p a r t o f t h e t a b l e a n d e x p l a i n that
• P o i n t t o t h e list a n d t e l l s t u d e n t s t o w r i t e t r u e sentences
t h e r e is n o r u l e f o r i r r e g u l a r v e r b s .
a b o u t t h e t h i n g s t h e y did or didn't do y e s t e r d a y . Monitor.
• G o t h r o u g h t h e t h i r d p a r t o f t h e t a b L e . A s k : How do we
• P u t s t u d e n t s in pairs t o c o m p a r e t h e i r s e n t e n c e s .
make the negative past form? E l i c i t : didn't + infinitive.
• A s k i n d i v i d u a l s t u d e n t s t o say a sentence a b o u t t h e i r
E x p l a i n t h a t didn't = did not.
partner. Check pronunciation.
• D r i l l t h e e x a m p l e s as a class a n d i n d i v i d u a l l y . Check
p r o n u n c i a t i o n o f didn't /didnt/.
Pronunciation
3 • D o t h e e x a m p l e t o g e t h e r . Play t h e first i t e m on audio E J 0 -
S t u d e n t s h e a r She takes the train every day, make a statement a • W r i t e : like - l i k e d , want - wanted on t h e board. M o d e l t h e
94
Students revise past simple statements and talk about their
www.frenglish.ru
schooldays.
Warm-up G o t h r o u g h t h e a n s w e r s as a c l a s s .
• Focus on t h e L a n g u a g e n o t e . W r i t e : s t u d y , t r y , a p p l y , marry,
1 • Focus on the pictures. Ask questions a b o u t the people, e.g.
stay on t h e b o a r d . P u t s t u d e n t s in pairs. Tell t h e m t o w r i t e
What can you see? Where do you think the woman is? What
t h e p a s t f o r m o f e a c h v e r b . E l i c i t : studied, tried, applied,
are the children doing?
married, stayed.
• Play audio E S Q ! w h i l e s t u d e n t s read t h e t e x t .
• Ask questions to find out if your students k n o w anything
a b o u t A u s t r a l i a , e . g . What's the capital city? What animats • G o t h r o u g h t h e s e n t e n c e c u e s . D r i l l e a c h o n e as a c l a s s t h e n
are there? individually.
• E l i c i t / T e a c h key v o c a b u l a r y for each paragraph, e.g. • W r i t e t h e n u m b e r s 1 - 8 o n t h e b o a r d as a l i s t . Tell s t u d e n t s
p a r a g r a p h 1 : a i r , outback, sheep station, farm e i g h t t h i n g s a b o u t y o u r s c h o o l d a y s , e . g . I started school
p a r a g r a p h 2 : dining room, essays, school centre, mark, send when I was ( f i v e ) in 1975. I went to (Park Primary) School.
back e t c . M a k e n o t e s o n t h e b o a r d , e . g . 1 f i v e , 2 Park P r i m a r y .
p a r a g r a p h 3 : boarding school, sea, miss (someone), cry • Point to your notes and tell students to make notes about
• Focus on t h e questions. Read through t h e first part of t h e their own schooldays.
sentences and the choices. • Ask different students about their schooldays. A s k : When
• Tell s t u d e n t s t o choose t h e correct answers. Play t h e a u d i o did you start school, ( N a t a l i e ) ? What school did you go to,
again w h i l e s t u d e n t s read and listen. (Marc)?
• Go through the answers together. • Focus on t h e n o t e s y o u m a d e . W r i t e s e n t e n c e s a b o u t y o u r
s c h o o l d a y s , e . g . I started school in 1975. The school was
l a 2 a 3 b called Park P r i m a r y .
• Tell s t u d e n t s t o use t h e i r n o t e s t o w r i t e a paragraph about
• Ask questions a b o u t the t e x t t o check comprehension, e.g.
their schooldays.
Where is Carol from? Is Alice Springs near the sea? What do
• P u t s t u d e n t s in pairs a n d t e l l t h e m t o t a k e i t in t u r n s t o ask
Carol's parents do? How many brothers and sisters has Carol
each other a b o u t their schooldays. Monitor.
got? What were her favourite subjects? Who marked her
essays? How often did she see her teacher? • F o c u s s t u d e n t s ' a t t e n t i o n o n t h e c a n d o s t a t e m e n t : Now I
can write about my schooldays.
Follow-up
2 • Explain t h a t Carol studied at t w o schools T h e School of
t h e A i r and a b o a r d i n g s c h o o l in B r i s b a n e . Read t h e f i r s t
s t a t e m e n t ( S h e sent essays to Alice S p r i n g s . ) . A s k : Is this the
• Revise words f r o m t h e lesson w i t h a board dash. Draw three^.
School of the Air or the boarding school? E l i c i t : the School of
c o l u m n s o n t h e b o a r d l a b e l l e d : nouns, verbs, adjectives.
the Air.
• R e a d t h r o u g h t h e s t a t e m e n t s . S a y : Read the text again. • P u t s t u d e n t s in t w o t e a m s . Call o u t words f r o m t h e lesson
Write 'S' for School of the Air or ' B ' f o r boarding school. at random, e.g. study, cry, mark; enjoy, subject, lesson, essay,
• P u t s t u d e n t s in pairs t o c o m p a r e t h e i r a n s w e r s . Internet, boarding school, normal, favourite, big.
• G o t h r o u g h t h e a n s w e r s as a c l a s s . I f s o m e s t u d e n t s find
• S t u d e n t s run t o t h e b o a r d t o w r i t e t h e w o r d in t h e
t h e exercise d i f f i c u l t , n u m b e r t h e paragraphs and help by
appropriate column. The first team to write the word
g i v i n g , or a s k i n g f o r , t h e n u m b e r o f t h e c o r r e c t paragraph
correctly wins a point.
for each answer.
IS 2 B 3s 4 B 5s 6s 7 b 8 b R e s o u r c e a c t i v i t y pages 2 1 6 and 2 7 5
105
Students revise the past simple and learn expressions for talking
www.frenglish.ru
TEACHER'S NOTES LESSON 4 4 about good news.
• W r i t e t h e n e w w o r d s a n d p h r a s e s o n t h e b o a r d a n d d r i l l as a
class a n d individually. 4 • Focus on t h e s t o r y . P u t s t u d e n t s in g r o u p s . Tell t h e m to
• Tell s t u d e n t s t o cover t h e t e x t . Ask some q u e s t i o n s about practise t h e conversation, each taking one part.
the new job? Does she know the Director of Europe? What
interviews are on Friday? Is Lucy ill?
p i c t u r e 3 : Why can't Lucy go to work?
R e s o u r c e a c t i v i t y pages 2 1 7 and 2 7 5
p i c t u r e 4 : Is Lucy excited about meeting her new boss? When
did they appoint her new boss? What is her name?
p i c t u r e 5 : Is Lucy happy? Does she like her new boss? Why did
she apply for the new job?
122
Students learn a lexical set of parts of the body andwww.frenglish.ru
name parts
TEACHER'S NOTES LESSON 45 of the body.
What's wrong? My eye's sore, say what's w r o n g , t h e n listen and circle t h e silent l e t t e r s .
A u d i o script 4 5 . 2
k in knee, h in chemist's, w in answer, h in s t o m a c h , w in w h o ,
1 A What's w r o n g ? 4 A What's w r o n g ? I in w a l k , w in w r i t e , k in k n o w , h in w h e n , c in science
B My eye's sore. B My knee is sore.
C His eye's sore. C Her knee is sore. • F o c u s s t u d e n t s ' a t t e n t i o n o n t h e c a n d o s t a t e m e n t : Now I
2 A What's t h e matter? 5 A What's t h e m a t t e r ? can name parts of the body.
B My finger h u r t s . B My back h u r t s .
mm 1 a
C Her finger h u r t s C His back h u r t s .
Follow-up
3 A What's w r o n g ? 6 A What's w r o n g ?
B My e l b o w h u r t s . B My s h o u l d e r is sore. • Teach students this song. Encourage t h e m t o stand up and
her, etc.) when we talk about parts of our body, e.g. My Head and shoulders, knees and toes, knees and toes.
depends on the person, e.g. M y / H i s / H e r eye's sore. Head and shoulders, knees and toes, knees and toes.
122
Students learn and practise past simple questions www.frenglish.ru
and ask
questions about past events.
D o t h e f i r s t t w o s e n t e n c e s a s a c l a s s . E l i c i t : burn, burnt.
Warm-up
N o t e t h a t i n A m e r i c a n E n g l i s h t h e p a s t f o r m o f burn is
Revise parts o f t h e body. Write o u t t w o sets o f parts of t h e burned a n d t h i s is a l s o a c c e p t a b l e i n B r i t i s h English.
body on sticky labels. P u t s t u d e n t s in pairs t o c o m p l e t e t h e s e n t e n c e s .
Put students in t w o teams. Ask for a volunteer from each Go through the answers together.
Follow-up
Audio script 4 6 . 2
1 We w e n t s k i i n g . We had g o o d w e a t h e r . Write t w o general knowledge questions (using the past
Did y o u go skiing? Did y o u h a v e g o o d w e a t h e r ? t e n s e ) o n t h e b o a r d , e . g . Where did the 2006 World Cup take
2 I fell over. We e n j o y e d i t . place? (Germany, Argentina, Belgium) When did Christopher
Did y o u f a l l over? Did y o u e n j o y it? Columbus discover America? ( 1 4 7 2 , 1 4 8 2 , 1 4 9 2 ) . Find o u t how
3 We s t a y e d in a h o t e l . We came back last n i g h t . many students know the answers (Germany, 1492).
Did y o u s t a y in a hotel? Did y o u come back last night?
P u t s t u d e n t s in pairs. A s k t h e m t o w r i t e o n e g e n e r a l
knowledge question with three possible answers (one
Go t h r o u g h t h e sentences. E l i c i t / T e a c h key v o c a b u l a r y , e.g.
correct, t w o i n c o r r e c t ) . Tell s t u d e n t s t o m i n g l e and f i n d out
burn, cooker, break, fall o f f .
how many people know the answer to their question.
W r i t e : How did you _ your hand? I it on the cooker.
P o i n t t o t h e g a p s . A s k : Do we write the past form here?
E l i c i t : no f o r t h e f i r s t g a p ( b e c a u s e i t ' s a q u e s t i o n ) a n d y e s
f o r t h e s e c o n d ( b e c a u s e it's a s t a t e m e n t ) .
Resource activity pages 226 and 280
117
www.frenglish.ru
TEACHER'S NOTES LESSON 47 Students revise past simple questions and talk about an accident.
• A s k i n d i v i d u a l s t u d e n t s a b o u t t h e i r a c c i d e n t s , e . g . When did
Warm-up
it happen? Where did it happen? How did it happen?
• P u t s t u d e n t s in pairs. Tell t h e m t h a t y o u w i l l read o u t a • P u t s t u d e n t s in pairs t o t a l k a b o u t each o t h e r ' s a c c i d e n t .
definition and t h e y have to write down the part of the body Tell t h e m t o make notes a b o u t t h e i r partner's accident.
that matches the definition. • Tell s t u d e n t s t o change partners and tell t h e i r n e w partner
• Read out definitions from lesson 4 5 exercise 4 (you could about their first partner.
• E l i c i t / T e a c h : Ladder, trip over, cat, l i f t , heavy, box. • N o m i n a t e a s t u d e n t . A s k : ( A n a ) , how do you say 'Accident and
weekend? E l i c i t : He felt off a ladder. • Tell s t u d e n t s t o t h i n k of t w o more medical signs, e.g. X-ray
Department, Operating Theatre. Write new words on t h e board.
Audio script 4 7 . 1 Drill t h e m and check comprehension.
Tony Hello.
• F o c u s s t u d e n t s ' a t t e n t i o n o n t h e c a n d o s t a t e m e n t : Now I can
Bill H i , T o n y . It's Bill.
talk about an accident.
Tony Hi, Bill. H o w are y o u ?
Bill I'm fine, t h a n k s . Did y o u have a g o o d w e e k e n d ?
Tony N o , I d i d n ' t . I had an a c c i d e n t on S a t u r d a y m o r n i n g . I f e l l Follow-up
o f f a ladder.
• Tell s t u d e n t s y o u are g o i n g t o d i c t a t e six s e n t e n c e s b u t y o u
Bill O f f a ladder? Did y o u h u r t y o u r s e l f ?
will hum the verbs. When you hum a verb, they have to draw
Tony Yes. I h u r t my ankle.
a line.
Bill Where did i t happen?
Tony In the garden. • D i c t a t e t h e f o l l o w i n g s e n t e n c e a s a n e x a m p l e : Tony - hum
Bill W h a t did y o u do? Did y o u go t o t h e hospital? - an accident at the weekend. Say the sentence twice then
Tony Yes, w e l l , luckily, my w i f e was in and she t o o k me t o ask a s t u d e n t t o w r i t e it o n t h e b o a r d . T h e y s h o u l d w r i t e
h o s p i t a l in t h e car.
Tony an accident at the weekend. Point to the gap and
Bill T h a t ' s g o o d . W h a t did t h e y do at t h e hospital?
elicit the missing verb had.
Tony T h e d o c t o r looked a t it a n d I had an X - r a y .
Bill Is i t OK? • W h e n y o u are sure t h a t s t u d e n t s u n d e r s t a n d , d i c t a t e t h e
Tony Well, it isn't b r o k e n , b u t it's v e r y p a i n f u l . f o l l o w i n g six s e n t e n c e s :
Bill Can y o u walk? 1 The accident in t h e g a r d e n .
Tony Yes, I can, b u t I can't d r i v e .
2 He o f f a ladder.
Bill Oh dear. Well I hope it's O K s o o n . A n y w a y , I suppose y o u
3 He his a n k l e .
d o n ' t w a n t t o play t e n n i s t o m o r r o w t h e n .
4 His w i f e him to hospital.
5 The doctor a t his f o o t .
2 • Go t h r o u g h t h e s t a t e m e n t s . E l i c i t / T e a c h key v o c a b u l a r y ,
6 Tony an X-ray.
e . g . ambulance, operation, i n j e c t i o n , X - r a y , broken, p a i n f u l .
• G o t h r o u g h t h e s e n t e n c e s as a c l a s s .
• Tell s t u d e n t s t o listen and choose t h e correct i n f o r m a t i o n .
Play the audio again. • W r i t e : have, take, look, h u r t , f a l l , happen on the board.
• P u t s t u d e n t s in pairs t o c o m p a r e t h e i r a n s w e r s .
• P u t s t u d e n t s in pairs. Tell t h e m t o choose a suitable verb t o
• G o t h r o u g h t h e a n s w e r s as a c l a s s . I f n e c e s s a r y , p l a y t h e
c o m p l e t e each s e n t e n c e and w r i t e it in t h e p a s t f o r m in t h e
audio again, stopping after each answer.
gap.
l b 2b 3c 4 a 5c 6b 7 a • G o t h r o u g h t h e s e n t e n c e s a s a c l a s s . E l i c i t : 1 The accident
happened in the garden. 2 He fell off a ladder. 3 He hurt his
3 • D r i l l e a c h q u e s t i o n as a c l a s s a n d individually. ankle. 4 His wife took him to hospital. 5 The doctor looked at
• Ask each question and elicit Tony's answers f r o m different his f o o t . 6 Tony had an X-ray.
students.
• N o m i n a t e a s t u d e n t . S a y : You're B i l l . I'm Tony. Act out the
conversation b e t w e e n Bill and Tony. Resource activity pages 220 and 277
• Nominate t w o students to act out the conversation
together. Check pronunciation.
• P u t s t u d e n t s in pairs. Tell t h e m t o look a t t h e q u e s t i o n s and
make t h e c o n v e r s a t i o n b e t w e e n Bill and T o n y . Monitor.
4 E M U
• Write a sentence on t h e board a b o u t s o m e t h i n g true t h a t
h a p p e n e d t o y o u , e . g . I had an accident (last y e a r ) .
• Tell s t u d e n t s t h e y have t o f i n d o u t a b o u t y o u r accident by
a s k i n g q u e s t i o n s . S a y : Use questions from exercise 3 to find
out about my accident. Answer the students' questions and
w r i t e n o t e s o n t h e b o a r d , e . g . where - in my house, broke my
ankle, phoned doctor.
• Tell students t o make similar notes a b o u t an accident t h e y ,
or s o m e o n e t h e y k n o w , had.
105
www.frenglish.ru
Students learn and practise expressions for asking for things at a
TEACHER'S NOTES LESSON 48 chemist's.
• Ask d i f f e r e n t s t u d e n t s t o say t h e problems. S a y : What's sore eyes, a painful ankle, backache. Prepare one for each
122
Students learn a lexical set of travel vocabulary andwww.frenglish.ru
talk about
~ TEACHER'S NOTES LESSON 49 their holidays.
minutes to sort the words into nouns, verbs, and adjectives. B In F l o r i d a . We flew t o M i a m i .
A Was t h e f l i g h t OK?
B Well, y e s , b u t we had a bit o f a p r o b l e m , because we f o r g o t t h e
• Focus on t h e pictures. Play audio E B B f ° r students to t i c k e t s . We l e f t t h e m on t h e k i t c h e n t a b l e .
listen and repeat. A Oh n o . W h e n did y o u realize t h a t ?
1 plane 4 boat
words t h a t have t h e same s o u n d : t i c k e t / m i s s , l o s e / c r u i s e ,
T h e y w e n t by p l a n e . T h e y w e n t by b o a t .
train/plane
2 the station 5 a cruise
They went to the station. T h e y w e n t on a cruise.
• F o c u s s t u d e n t s ' a t t e n t i o n o n t h e c a n d o s t a t e m e n t : Now I
3 a business t r i p 6 the airport
can talk about travel.
T h e y w e n t on a business t r i p . They went to the airport.
Follow-up
Go t h r o u g h t h e s t a t e m e n t s . E l i c i t / T e a c h key v o c a b u l a r y ,
e . g . camping, Caribbean, Miami, lose, leave (something Dictate the following mini-paragraph (or make up a similar
behind/at home), neighbour. one abou? your holiday).
Play audio j j V J f c l all t h e w a y t h r o u g h . I went on holiday in August I went to France with my sister.
D o t h e f i r s t s t a t e m e n t as a n e x a m p l e . A s k : Is the statement We travelled there in her new car. We stayed in a hotel near the
true or false? P l a y t h e a u d i o a g a i n ( t o Caribbean). Elicit: false. sea. Me 'ent to the beach every day. We had a great time
Play t he rest of th e audio t w i c e .
G o t h r o u g h t h e a n s w e r s as a c l a s s . I f n e c e s s a r y , p l a y t h e
Put students in two teams. Each team takes it in turns to
audio again, s t o p p i n g a f t e r each answer.
come to the board and write one sentence. The team can help
by calling out spellings and punctuation. They score one point
I F 2 T 3 T 4 F 5T 6T 7 F 8 F for each correct word and capital letter (each team has three
sentences with a total of 20 words and four capital letters).
Students are often confused by when to use the present b • F o c u s on t h e pictures in e x e r c i s e 4 . A s k a b o u t t h e people
continuous and when to use going to to talk about the i n t h e f i r s t p i c t u r e , e . g . Are they going to cook? Elicit a
future. It is made even more confusing because in some, s h o r t a n s w e r a n d a s e n t e n c e , e . g . No, they aren't. They're
but not all, cases the forms are interchangeable. Note going to go s a i l i n g .
that we often use the present continuous with the verbs • P u t s t u d e n t s in pairs t o ask a n d a n s w e r q u e s t i o n s a b o u t t h e
go and come rather than going to go, going to come. other people. Monitor.
i n d i v i d u a l s t u d e n t s t o say t w o sentences a b o u t t h e i r p a r t n e r . true sentences about the things they're going to do next
weekend. Monitor.
• W r i t e : I'm going for to play tennis. He going to see his f a m i l y .
We's going to s t u d y , o n t h e b o a r d . P u t a c r o s s n e x t t o e a c h
b • A s k : Who's going to go shopping? Nominate one of the
s e n t e n c e t o s h o w t h e y are i n c o r r e c t . A s k s t u d e n t s t o c o r r e c t
s t u d e n t s . Focus on t h e e x a m p l e c o n v e r s a t i o n . Go t h r o u g h
t h e m . E l i c i t : I'm going to play tennis, He's going to see his
the questions, eliciting answers from t h e student.
f a m i l y , We're going to study.
• Repeat w i t h each of t h e items.
• F o c u s s t u d e n t s ' a t t e n t i o n o n t h e c a n d o s t a t e m e n t : Now I
A u d i o script 50.2
can talk about plans for the f u t u r e .
1 She's g o i n g t o p l a y t e n n i s .
She isn't g o i n g t o play t e n n i s .
Follow-up
2 We're g o i n g t o have a p a r t y .
We aren't g o i n g t o have a p a r t y . • P u t s t u d e n t s in pairs. Tell t h e m t o t h i n k o f t h i n g s t h e y can
• P u t s t u d e n t s in pairs t o c o m p a r e t h e i r i d e a s .
4 • G o t h r o u g h t h e p i c t u r e s . D r i l l t h e a c t i v i t i e s as a c l a s s a n d
117
www.frenglish.ru
TEACHER'S NOTES LESSON 51 Students revise going to and describe their plans for the future.
Warm-up
• Elicit/Teach: gap year.
• Revise countries w i t h a quiz. Put s t u d e n t s in small t e a m s .
• Go through t h e questions. Elicit possible answers for each
Prepare b e t w e e n six a n d t e n m u l t i p l e choice q u e s t i o n s ,
one, e.g.
e . g . This country is above the USA. Is it Mexico, Canada, or
q u e s t i o n 1 : save money, get another job
Ireland? People speak Portuguese in this country. Is it I t a l y ,
q u e s t i o n 2 : round the world, round Europe, to A f r i c a , Asia
Peru, or Brazil? The capital city of this country is Bangkok. Is it
q u e s t i o n 3 : work as a volunteer, work to earn money, relax,
Indonesia, China, or Thailand? This is a very cold country. Is it
go sightseeing, learn another language
Colombia, Spain, or Norway?
q u e s t i o n 4 : alone, with a f r i e n d , with a sister/brother
• T h e w i n n i n g t e a m is t h e o n e w i t h t h e m o s t c o r r e c t a n s w e r s . q u e s t i o n 5 : on + a date, in + a month
• Drill new items and check comprehension.
• Tell students to look at t h e questions and make notes about
1 • Focus on t h e pictures. Ask questions a b o u t t h e people, e.g.
their gap year plans. Monitor.
Who can you see? How old are they?
• U s e t h e q u e s t i o n s t o ask i n d i v i d u a l s t u d e n t s a b o u t t h e i r
• Play audio l a w i while s t u d e n t s read t h e t e x t s .
plans.
• E l i c i t / T e a c h key v o c a b u l a r y for each paragraph, e.g.
p a r a g r a p h 1 : long, rest, Sri Lanka, life b • Tell s t u d e n t s y o u are p l a n n i n g a gap year. G o t h r o u g h the
p a r a g r a p h 2 : bottle f a c t o r y , earn, Bangkok, Thailand, Indonesia p a t t e r n t e l l i n g s t u d e n t s a b o u t y o u r p l a n s . S a y : For my gap
p a r a g r a p h 3 : Taiwan, improve, ski resort, lake year, I'm going to A f r i c a . F i r s t , I'm going to save some money.
• Read t h r o u g h t h e names and activities and check Then . . . W r i t e : A f r i c a , save money on the board.
understanding. • Tell students t o write their o w n paragraph f o l l o w i n g t h e
• Tell s t u d e n t s t o match t h e names w i t h t h e a c t i v i t i e s . Play pattern.
t h e a u d i o again w h i l e s t u d e n t s read and listen. • P u t s t u d e n t s in s m a l l g r o u p s t o ask a n d a n s w e r a b o u t t h e i r
• Go through the answers together. gap year plans. Monitor.
• A s k i n d i v i d u a l s t u d e n t s t o read o u t t h e i r paragraphs.
S a n d y Yates is g o i n g t o t e a c h E n g l i s h . Tamas P a v e l is g o i n g t o
t r a v e l round t h e w o r l d . Han Sun is g o i n g t o w o r k in a h o t e l .
English in t h e world
• Ask questions a b o u t the t e x t to check comprehension, e.g.
• E l i c i t / T e a c h : s t r a i g h t , take the o p p o r t u n i t y , popular, real j o b .
Where is Tamas from? Whose parents have got a bookshop?
• R e a d t h r o u g h t h e t e x t as a c l a s s .
How is Tamas going to earn money? How long is Sandy going
• Ask questions a b o u t t h e t e x t to check comprehension, e.g. What
to spend in Sri Lanka? Why is Han going to Canada?
sort of jobs do people get in their gap year? Which countries are
2 • Read t h r o u g h th e questions. E l i c i t / T e a c h key v o c a b u l a r y , popular with young people? When do young people take a gap
year?
e . g . before, trip.
• Tell s t u d e n t s t o read a b o u t S a n d y and answer t h e questions. • A s k s t u d e n t s q u e s t i o n s a b o u t gap years in t h e i r c o u n t r i e s , e.g.
• P u t s t u d e n t s in pairs t o c o m p a r e t h e i r a n s w e r s . Do young people in (Spain) take gap years? When do they take a
113
Students revise going to and learn expressions for talking about
www.frenglish.ru
TEACHER'S NOTES LESSON 52 sad events.
class a n d i n d i v i d u a l l y . • D r i l l t h e e x p r e s s i o n s as a class a n d i n d i v i d u a l l y .
122
www.frenglish.ru
Students learn a lexical set of food and talk about their likes and
~ TEACHER'S NOTES LESSON 53 dislikes.
Warm-up A u d i o s c r i p t !5 3 . 3
1 Assistant Yes, please.
Write the following food related anagrams on t h e board: fofeec,
Customer Can I have a s a n d w i c h , please?
( c o f f e e ) , kcea (cake),fcae ( c a f e ) , sturaretna (restaurant), newi
Assistant Do y o u w a n t w h i t e or b r o w n bread?
( w i n e ) , rebe (beer), ndwisahc (sandwich), tewra (water).
Customer W h i t e bread, please.
P u t s t u d e n t s in small g r o u p s . Tell t h e m t h e t o p i c eg f o o d . T h e y Assistant Do y o u w a n t b u t t e r on t h a t ?
Customer No, thank you.
have t o unscramble t h e letters t o find t h e words.
Assistant W h a t w o u l d y o u like in t h e s a n d w i c h ?
T h e first g r o u p t o unscramble all o f t h e words and rewrite t h e m Customer Can I have beef, please?
c o r r e c t l y is t h e w i n n e r . Assistant A n y t h i n g else?
Customer Yes. Can I have l e t t u c e , please?
Assistant A n y t h i n g t o drink?
Focus on t h e pictures. Play audio K M for students to Customer O r a n g e j u i c e , please.
listen and repeat. Assistant Here y o u are.
D r i l l e a c h i t e m as a class t h e n individually. Customer Thank you.
N o m i n a t e s t u d e n t s t o s a y i t e m s . A s k : What's number 16, 2 Assistant Y e s , please.
( J u l i a ) ? E l i c i t : eggs. Check pronunciation. Customer Can I have a s a n d w i c h , please?
P u t s t u d e n t s in pairs. Tell s t u d e n t s t o c o v e r t h e t e x t a n d Assistant Do y o u w a n t w h i t e bread or brown?
t a k e i t i n t u r n s t o p o i n t a t t h e p i c t u r e s a n d a s k What's this? Customer B r o w n , please.
Assistant Butter?
Reproduce t h e diagram on t h e board. Ask s t u d e n t s t o c o m e Customer Yes, please.
t o t h e f r o n t a n d a d d w o r d s f r o m e x e r c i s e \, e.g. f r u i t Assistant W h a t w o u l d y o u like in t h e s a n d w i c h ?
- appies, oranges, grapes; meat - beef, pork, chicken. Customer Cheese, please.
A d d t w o m o r e l i n e s f r o m ' F o o d ' f o r dairy products (eggs, Assistant A n y t h i n g else?
Do y o u like fish? Do y o u Like chicken? Tell s t u d e n t s t o look at t h e pictures and tick the things
In English it is common to use the verb have, rather and dislikes. Monitor.
than eat, with food. For example we would say I had a F o c u s s t u d e n t s ' a t t e n t i o n o n t h e c a n d o s t a t e m e n t : Now I
sandwich for lunch. We're having pasta for dinner. can talk about food and d r i n k .
4a 1
F o c u s o n t h e p i c t u r e . A s k : Where are the people? Follow-up
' E l i c i t / T e a c h : brown bread, f i l l i n g , lettuce. • A r r a n g e t h e c l a s s i n a c i r c l e . S a y : I went to the market and
• Play audio E H all t h e w a y t h r o u g h . I bought some potatoes. T h e n e x t s t u d e n t s a y s : I went to
1
Draw t h e table on t h e board. the market. I didn't buy potatoes, I bought apples. The third
1
Play t h e first conversation on t h e audio t w i c e . A s k : What s t u d e n t s a y s : I went to the market. I didn't buy apples, I
does the customer ask for? E l i c i t : white bread, no butter; beef bought butter, etc. S t u d e n t s have t o sit d o w n if t h e y repeat a
and lettuce, orange juice a n d w r i t e t h e s e in t h e appropriate word. Continue until you have one person standing.
columns. Repeat with the second conversation.
» G o t h r o u g h t h e a n s w e r s as a class.
117
www.frenglish.ru
Students learn countable and uncountable nouns and talk about
TEACHER'S NOTES LESSON 54 quantities.
G o t h r o u g h t h e a n s w e r s as a c l a s s . A s k i n d i v i d u a l s t u d e n t s
Warm-up
t o say o n e i t e m e a c h . Check pronunciation.
Use a board dash t o revise f o o d f r o m l e s s o n 5 3 . Draw
t w o tables on the board with four columns headed f r u i t , l a 2 some 3 some 4 some 5 a 6 a 7 some 8 a 9 an
10 a 1 1 some 1 2 some 1 3 an 1 4 some
vegetables, meat, dairy products.
D i v i d e t h e class i n t o t w o t e a m s . A s k o n e p e r s o n f r o m each
D o t h e e x a m p l e s t o g e t h e r . Play t h e f i r s t i t e m on a u d i o
team to come to the front and give them a board pen. Stand
1 i E W M . S t u d e n t s h e a r We need some f r u i t , m a k e a q u e s t i o n
b e t w e e n t h e t w o ' w r i t e r s ' so t h e y c a n ' t c o p y f r o m e a c h
w i t h how much/how many, t h e n listen and repeat. Do t h e
other's table.
same with the second item.
T e a m s h a v e t w o m i n u t e s t o c a l l o u t as m a n y w o r d s f o r e a c h Play t h e rest of t h e audio.
f o o d g r o u p as p o s s i b l e . T h e y score a p o i n t f o r e a c h c o r r e c t
A u d i o script 5 4 . 2
word.
1 We need some f r u i t . We n e e d some c o f f e e .
H o w much do we need? H o w much do we need?
la • Tell s t u d e n t s t o cover t h e t e x t . Ask q u e s t i o n s a b o u t t h e 2 We need some c a r r o t s . We n e e d some p o t a t o e s .
p i c t u r e , e . g . Who can you see? Where are they? What are they H o w m a n y do we need? H o w m a n y do w e need?
doing? 3 We need some milk. We n e e d some t o m a t o e s .
• E l i c i t / T e a c h : questionnaire, d i e t , how much, how many, H o w much do we need? H o w m a n y do we need?
biscuits, a tot o f , f i l l i n , get.
• Play audio U E H 1 f o r s t u d e n t s t o read a n d listen. Your life
• Ask questions a b o u t the t e x t to check comprehension, e.g. Go t h r o u g h t h e cues. E l i c i t / T e a c h key v o c a b u l a r y , e.g.
What has Ryan got? Who gave him the questionnaire? What tetter, chocolate, housework.
are the questions about? How often does Ryan have a cheese P u t s t u d e n t s in pairs a n d t e l l t h e m t o d e c i d e if t h e nouns
sandwich? Does he have butter in his sandwiches? What does are c o u n t a b l e or u n c o u n t a b l e .
he eat with his coffee? How many biscuits does he eat? What G o t h r o u g h t h e a n s w e r s as a class.
is Ryan going to get?
• D r i l l e a c h s e n t e n c e as a c l a s s t h e n individually. c o u n t a b l e - l e t t e r s , cousins, e m a i l s , people
u n c o u n t a b l e - t e a , c h o c o l a t e , h o u s e w o r k , exercise
b • Nominate t w o students to act out the conversation. Check
pronunciation.
Go t h r o u g h t h e cues a g a i n . Talk a b o u t y o u r life, e . g . I drink
• P u t s t u d e n t s in pairs t o practise. Give t h e m an opportunity
a lot of tea. I don't write many letters. I don't eat much
t o practise b o t h roles. Monitor. chocolate.
2 • G o t h r o u g h t h e rules on Student's Book page 110. Tell students t o write similar sentences a b o u t their own life.
Focus on t h e e x a m p l e conversation. Ask i n d i v i d u a l s t u d e n t s
• F o c u s o n p a r t 1 o f t h e t a b l e . D r i l l t h e e x a m p l e s as a c l a s s
and individually. a b o u t t h e i r l i f e , e . g . How much tea do you drink, (Allan)?
How many letters do you write, (Emma)?
• Say countable nouns from lesson 53 to elicit t h e singular
a n d p l u r a l f o r m s , e . g . some apples. E l i c i t : an apple. S a y : an P u t s t u d e n t s in pairs t o ask a n d a n s w e r a b o u t t h e i r life.
122
Students revise countable and uncountable nouns www.frenglish.ru
and describe
~ TEACHER'S NOTES LESSON 55 what they eat and drink.
b • Play audio twice for students to listen and check. students w h a t you usually have for breakfast, e.g. For
• Go through the answers together. If necessary, play the breakfast, I usually have a cup of black coffee with a piece
audio again, s t o p p i n g a f t e r each answer. of toast and jam. Make notes on the board, e.g. breakfast
- black coffee, toast, jam.
3 a • A s k : What does Bogna drink with her breakfast? Play t h e first can describe what I eat and d r i n k .
Warm-up 5 • N o m i n a t e t h r e e s t u d e n t s A , B , C . S t u d e n t A is t h e w a i t e r ,
a n d B a n d C are t h e c u s t o m e r s . Tell t h e m t o m a k e a
• Write examples of food and drinks from different countries
new conversation using t h e menu in e x e r c i s e 1 . Check
on o n e side o f t h e board, and countries on t h e o t h e r side,
pronunciation.
e . g . sushi ( J a p a n ) , hamburger ( U S A ) , kebab (Turkey), pizza
• P u t s t u d e n t s in pairs a n d t e l l t h e m t o m a k e n e w
( I t a l y ) , t o r t i l l a ( M e x i c o ) , vodka ( R u s s i a ) , paella ( S p a i n ) ,
conversations using the menu. Monitor.
champagne ( F r a n c e ) , noodles ( C h i n a ) , fish and chips ( B r i t a i n ) .
• Ask groups of students to act out their conversation. Check
• P u t s t u d e n t s in pairs. G i v e t h e m o n e m i n u t e t o m a t c h t h e pronunciation.
countries and the foods.
3a • Focus on t h e E v e r y d a y e x p r e s s i o n s . Tell s t u d e n t s t o f i n d • Ask students to make notes about their favourite restaurant
and underline similar expressions in t h e t e x t . and w h a t t h e y usually e a t / d r i n k there.
• W r i t e : Would you like anything drink? on the board.
• P u t s t u d e n t s in g r o u p s t o c o m p a r e t h e i r ideas.
P o i n t t o t h e g a p a n d ask s t u d e n t s t o s u p p l y t h e missing
word. E l i c i t : to.
• Ask students to complete the expressions. R e s o u r c e a c t i v i t y pages 229 and 2 8 1
b • Play audio M - T H for students to check their answers.
• Play t h e audio again while s t u d e n t s listen and repeat. R e v i e w a n d W o r d l i s t Lessons 4 9 - 5 6
• D r i l l e a c h e x p r e s s i o n as a c l a s s a n d individually. S t u d e n t ' s B o o k pages 9 5 - 9 6
t o , t o , h a v e , t h e , have
• F o c u s o n t h e L a n g u a g e n o t e . D r i l l e a c h e x a m p l e as a c l a s s
and individually.
• Ask s t u d e n t s t o call o u t more examples o f drinks and write
t h e s e o n t h e b o a r d , e . g . hot chocolate, wine, beer, tea, m i l k ,
cola, fruitjuice, lemonade.
• E l i c i t t w o w a y s o f a s k i n g f o r t e a , e . g . Can I have a tea,
please? Can I have a cup of tea, please? Repeat for each
drink.
4 • F o c u s on t h e c o n v e r s a t i o n in e x e r c i s e 2 . P u t s t u d e n t s in
groups o f t h r e e . Tell t h e m t o practise t h e conversation,
each taking one part.
• Give s t u d e n t s an o p p o r t u n i t y t o practise each role. Monitor.
• Ask one group t o act o u t t h e conversation for t h e rest o f
t h e class.
122
Students learn a lexical set of clothes and talk aboutwww.frenglish.ru
their
~ TEACHER'S NOTES LESSON 57 clothes and prices.
• F o c u s o n t h e L a n g u a g e n o t e . D r i l l t h e e x a m p l e s as a c l a s s
Pronunciation
and individually. 1 • Play audio V t m for students t o listen and repeat. Model
• W r i t e : How much top? £15. on t h e board. Ask t h e p r o n u n c i a t i o n o f / s / i n dress a n d / z / i n trousers. Drill
s t u d e n t s t o s u p p l y t h e m i s s i n g w o r d s . E l i c i t : is this, I t ' s . e a c h s o u n d as a class a n d individually.
• R e p e a t w i t h How much shorts? £12. to elicit
2a • G o t h r o u g h t h e w o r d s . P u t s t u d e n t s in pairs t o say t h e
are these, They're.
w o r d s a n d p u t t h e m in t h e c o r r e c t c o l u m n according t o t h e
117
www.frenglish.ru
TEACHER'S NOTES LESSON 58 Students learn and practise adjectives and describe things.
105
www.frenglish.ru
TEACHER'S NOTES LESSON 59 Students revise adjectives and describe people's clothes.
Warm-up
• D r a w t h r e e c o l u m n s o n t h e b o a r d w i t h yesterday, at work, at
• W r i t e t h e f o l l o w i n g a d j e c t i v e s o n t h e b o a r d in r a n d o m
the weekend as t h e c o l u m n h e a d i n g s . F o c u s o n t h e f i r s t c u e .
o r d e r : o l d , new, b i g , small, long, short, lovely, h o r r i b l e , good,
T e l l s t u d e n t s w h a t y o u a r e w e a r i n g n o w , e . g . At the moment,
bad, d i r t y , clean, comfortable, uncomfortable, happy, sad,
I'm wearing blue trousers, a yellow s h i r t , a red jumper, and
interesting, boring, expensive, cheap.
black shoes. W r i t e t h e c l o t h i n g i t e m s in t h e s e c o n d column.
• P u t s t u d e n t s i n p a i r s . T e l l t h e m t o m a k e as m a n y p a i r s o f • Repeat for each column (the first and second columns may
o p p o s i t e s a s p o s s i b l e , e . g . big - small. be t h e s a m e f o r t h e t e a c h e r ) .
• Tell s t u d e n t s t o look at t h e cues and make notes a b o u t their
clothes.
1 • E l i c i t / T e a c h : scarf, purple, suit.
• A s k s t u d e n t s q u e s t i o n s a b o u t t h e i r c l o t h e s , e . g . What are
• Focus on the first picture. Ask questions a b o u t the man,
you wearing, (Tony)? What did you wear yesterday, (Davide)?
e . g . How old is he? Has he got short hair? What's he doing?
• P u t s t u d e n t s in pairs a n d t e l l t h e m t o ask a n d a n s w e r
• P u t s t u d e n t s i n p a i r s a n d t e l l t h e m t o m a k e a l i s t o f his
questions about their clothes.
clothes.
• Ask i n d i v i d u a l s t u d e n t s t o say sentences a b o u t t h e i r
• G o t h r o u g h t h e l i s t as a c l a s s . E l i c i t : blue trousers, grey
partner. Check pronunciation.
s h i r t , orange tie.
• Focus on t h e e x a m p l e sentence. Ask s t u d e n t s t o write a
c o m p l e t e s e n t e n c e a b o u t C a r l o s . E l i c i t : Carlos is wearing English in the world
blue trousers, a grey s h i r t , and an orange tie. • E l i c i t / T e a c h : v i s i t o r , unusual, keep on, take o f f , casual clothes,
• Repeat with each picture. best clothes, school uniform.
• R e a d t h r o u g h t h e t e x t as a c l a s s .
I m e l d a is w e a r i n g green t r o u s e r s , a y e l l o w t o p , and a green a n d
• Ask questions a b o u t the t e x t to check comprehension, e.g. Do
y e l l o w scarf. K a t r i n a is w e a r i n g a ( s h o r t ) b r o w n s k i r t , a pink
j u m p e r , and ( l o n g ) p u r p l e b o o t s . I m r a n is w e a r i n g a black s u i t , a people in Britain take their shoes off when they go into a house?
w h i t e s h i r t , a black t i e , a black c o a t , a n d black g l o v e s . What do people in Britain wear to go out? When do children wear
uniforms?
• E l i c i t / T e a c h key v o c a b u l a r y for each p a r a g r a p h , e.g. (China) take their shoes off when they go into a house? Do people
p a r a g r a p h 1 : nightclub, smart, stand wear casual clothes to go out in (Morocco)? Do children usually
wear school uniforms in (Kuwait)?
p a r a g r a p h 2 : uniform, a i r l i n e , c o l o u r f u l , all the time
p a r a g r a p h 3 : white, red, trainers • I f y o u r s t u d e n t s are s t u d y i n g i n , or h a v e v i s i t e d , B r i t a i n , ask
A I m r a n , B I m e l d a , C Carlos, D K a t r i n a
Follow-up
b • Focus on t h e q u e s t i o n . Read t h r o u g h Imelda's t e x t again. Revise adjectives. Collect pictures of different things,
129
Students revise adjectives and learn expressions for making
www.frenglish.ru
comments.
1 • Play audio l i i U to familiarize students with how the story hear, good, sounds, really, see
develops and with the characters' voices.
• E l i c i t / T e a c h key phrases and v o c a b u l a r y f o r each p i c t u r e , 4 • F o c u s o n t h e s t o r y . P u t s t u d e n t s in g r o u p s . T e l l t h e m t o
e.g. practise t h e c o n v e r s a t i o n , each t a k i n g one p a r t .
p i c t u r e 1 : P.A. glad, hear, still • G i v e s t u d e n t s an o p p o r t u n i t y t o p r a c t i s e e a c h r o l e . M o n i t o r .
p i c t u r e 2 : on your way, ex-wife, plans, sound • A s k one g r o u p t o act o u t t h e s t o r y for t h e rest o f t h e class.
p i c t u r e 3 : the States
• F o c u s s t u d e n t s ' a t t e n t i o n o n t h e c a n d o s t a t e m e n t : Now I
p i c t u r e 4 : away, I think so
can make comments.
• W r i t e t h e n e w w o r d s a n d p h r a s e s o n t h e b o a r d a n d d r i l l as a
class a n d i n d i v i d u a l l y .
Follow-up
• Tell s t u d e n t s t o cover t h e t e x t . Ask some q u e s t i o n s a b o u t
t h e p i c t u r e s t o check basic c o m p r e h e n s i o n , e.g. • D i v i d e t h e class i n t o t w o g r o u p s , A a n d B . S t u d e n t s in g r o u p
p i c t u r e s 1 - 4 : Who can you see? Where are they? What are A are S a r a h a n d t h o s e in g r o u p B are S a r a h ' s p a r e n t s .
they doing? What are they wearing? • A s k s t u d e n t s t o l o o k a t t h e l a s t p i c t u r e w h e r e S a r a h is
p i c t u r e 5: Who can you see? Who is Sarah with? Where are t a l k i n g t o her p a r e n t s . Tell s t u d e n t s in g r o u p A t o make
they? What are they doing? n o t e s a b o u t w h a t Sarah's plans for t h e f u t u r e m i g h t be.
• F o c u s o n t h e q u e s t i o n : Who is Zelda? Play the audio again. Tell s t u d e n t s in g r o u p B t o make n o t e s a b o u t w h a t Sarah's
E l i c i t : Peter's ex-wife. p a r e n t s m i g h t w a n t her t o d o in t h e f u t u r e .
• Ask questions a b o u t the t e x t to check comprehension, e.g.
• P u t s t u d e n t s in A / B pairs t o compare t h e i r ideas.
p i c t u r e 1 : Why is Lucy wearing a suit? Does she look smart?
Does she enjoy her new job? Who is her boss? What is Olive's
job? Does she travel a lot?
Resource activity pages 233 and 283
p i c t u r e 2 : Is Lucy going to The Coffee Shop? What is she
going to buy? Who is Peter going to meet? Who is Zelda? What
are they going to do?
p i c t u r e 3 : What does Zelda want to sell? Where is her house?
p i c t u r e 4 : Does Peter want to get married again? Who does he
want to marry? Where is Sarah?
p i c t u r e 5 : What do Sarah's parents want to talk about?
I F 2 T 3 F 4 F 5 F 6T 7 F 8T
117
Students learn a lexical set of words connected with www.frenglish.ru
the post
~ TEACHER'S NOTES LESSON 61 office and practise asking for things at the post office.
Warm-up 3a • G o t h r o u g h t h e w o r d s in t h e box.
• W r i t e : Can I send letter ... on the board. Point t o the
• Put students in pairs. Ask them to write a set of directions g a p . A s k : What's this? Elicit: this.
f r o m the school to the nearest post office.
• P u t s t u d e n t s in pairs t o c o m p l e t e t h e conversation.
• Put pairs together to compare and, if necessary, refine their
directions. b • Play audio 1 - 1 m i for s t u d e n t s t o listen and check.
• D r i l l e a c h l i n e o f t h e c o n v e r s a t i o n as a c l a s s , t h e n
• Ask one group to read out their directions and use these to individually.
recreate a simple map on the board. Check that everyone • Ask t w o s t u d e n t s t o read t h e c o n v e r s a t i o n . Check
agrees. If necessary, make changes to the map until pronunciation.
everyone is happy with it. • P u t s t u d e n t s in pairs t o p r a c t i s e . Monitor.
The verb get is possibly one of the most difficult verbs in it to send a parcel to China? What is 46p?
used on its own its meanings include: arrive {I got to i t e m . N o m i n a t e t w o s t u d e n t s , A and B, t o make t h e first
and receive (I got ten emails this m o r n i n g ) . It's also used pronunciation.
to form other verbs, e.g. get dressed, get m a r r i e d , and a • P u t s t u d e n t s in pairs. P o i n t t o t h e list a n d t e l l t h e m to
large number of phrasal verbs, e.g. get up. make four conversations. Monitor.
• A s k pairs o f s t u d e n t s t o a c t o u t o n e o f t h e i r c o n v e r s a t i o n s .
Check pronunciation.
2 • G o t h r o u g h t h e list o f p o s s i b l e a n s w e r s . E l i c i t / T e a c h key
v o c a b u l a r y , e . g . special delivery, Brazil.
• Play audio I - t I M all t h e w a y t h r o u g h . English in t h e world
• P l a y t h e f i r s t c o n v e r s a t i o n o n t h e a u d i o t w i c e . A s k : Does the • E l i c i t / T e a c h : pay a b i l l , box, apply f o r , driving licence, change
woman want a post office or a post box? E l i c i t : post o f f i c e . money, f o r e i g n .
• Tell students t o listen and choose t h e correct answers. Play • R e a d t h r o u g h t h e t e x t as a class.
t h e rest of t h e audio t w i c e . • Ask questions a b o u t the t e x t to check comprehension, e.g. What
• P u t s t u d e n t s in pairs t o c o m p a r e t h e i r a n s w e r s . can you buy at a post office in Britain? What can you apply for?
• G o t h r o u g h t h e a n s w e r s as a c l a s s . A s k i n d i v i d u a l s t u d e n t s • A s k s t u d e n t s q u e s t i o n s a b o u t t h e i r c o u n t r i e s , e . g . Can you buy
t o s a y c o m p l e t e s e n t e n c e s , e . g . She wants the post o f f i c e . birthday cards at a post office in (Japan)? Can you pay bills at a
Check pronunciation. post office in (Thailand)?
• A s k s t u d e n t s i f t h e r e are a n y o t h e r t h i n g s t h e y can d o a t p o s t
1 p o s t office 2 parcel 3 s t a m p s , postcards 4 post box
o f f i c e s in t h e i r o w n c o u n t r y w h i c h aren't m e n t i o n e d . Examples
5 envelopes 6 b i r t h d a y card
o f o t h e r t h i n g s y o u can do at a British post o f f i c e i n c l u d e : get
money, buy telephone cards.
A u d i o s c r i p t I5 1 . 2
1 Woman E x c u s e me. Where can I find t h e p o s t office, • Focus students' attention on the can do statement: Now I can
please? ask for things at a post o f f i c e .
Man Take t h e second s t r e e t on t h e l e f t .
Woman Thank you. Follow-up
2 Cashier
Man
Cashier n u m b e r 4, please.
H e l l o . I w a n t t o send t h i s parcel t o C h i n a , please.
• Play a game of Vocabulary Snap (see page 11) to revise
Cashier O K , P u t it on t h e scales, please.
places from l e s s o n s 2 1 and 3 7 .
3 Cashier Cashier n u m b e r 1 , please.
Woman H e l l o . Could I have t w o s t a m p s f o r postcards t o
R e s o u r c e a c t i v i t y pages 2 3 4 and 2 8 4
A u s t r a l i a , please?
Cashier Postcards?
Woman Y e s , please.
4 Man E x c u s e me. Is t h e r e a post b o x near here?
Woman Yes, there's o n e n e x t t o t h e bank over t h e r e .
Man Thank you.
5 Woman H a v e y o u g o t a n y large, w h i t e e n v e l o p e s , please?
Assistant Yes, here y o u are.
Woman Thanks.
6 Assistant Can I help y o u ?
Man Yes. Can I have t h i s b i r t h d a y card, please?
Assistant That's £ 4 . 5 0 , please.
117
www.frenglish.ru
~ TEACHER'S NOTES LESSON 62
• P u t s t u d e n t s in pairs t o c o m p a r e t h e i r a n s w e r s .
Warm-up
• G o t h r o u g h t h e a n s w e r s as a class. A s k i n d i v i d u a l s t u d e n t s
• Play a v a r i a t i o n o f H a n g m a n (see page 1 0 ) t o revise p o s t t o say o n e s e n t e n c e e a c h . Check pronunciation.
office vocabulary from lesson 61.
1 She has t o m e e t v i s i t o r s .
• Divide students into t w o teams. Award one point for a
2 She d o e s n ' t have t o t y p e l e t t e r s .
correctly guessed word and another point for a correct
3 She has t o make a p p o i n t m e n t s .
d e f i n i t i o n , e . g . postman - a person who delivers letters to your
4 She has t o use t h e I n t e r n e t .
house.
5 She d o e s n ' t have t o make c o f f e e .
6 She d o e s n ' t have t o t a k e t h i n g s t o t h e p o s t o f f i c e .
1 • Tell s t u d e n t s t o cover t h e t e x t . Ask q u e s t i o n s a b o u t t h e 7 She has t o w r i t e r e p o r t s .
p i c t u r e , e . g . Where is Peter in the f i r s t picture? What is he 8 She d o e s n ' t have t o do p h o t o c o p y i n g .
doing?
• E l i c i t / T e a c h : f i n i s h , report, t i r e d , sign for something. • A s k s t u d e n t s a b o u t t h e i r j o b s , e . g . Do you have to meet
• Play audio for s t u d e n t s t o read and listen. visitors? Do you have to type letters? E l i c i t : Yes, I do. / N o , I
• Ask questions a b o u t t h e t e x t to check comprehension, e.g. don't.
What day is it? Is the report finished? Where is the report
going? What day is it tomorrow? Does Peter have to get up
>a BfflffffEB
• Go t h r o u g h t h e s e n t e n c e s . Talk a b o u t y o u r w e e k . S a y : I
early? Why not? What time does the postman arrive? Why does
don't have to go to work. I have to send a birthday card to my
Peter have to sign for the parcel?
brother.
• D r i l l e a c h s e n t e n c e as a c l a s s t h e n individually.
• Tell s t u d e n t s t o complete t h e sentences for themselves.
2 • Go through the table on Student's Book page 110. • N o m i n a t e i n d i v i d u a l s t u d e n t s . A s k : Do you have to go to
• F o c u s o n t h e t a b l e . D r i l l t h e e x a m p l e s as a c l a s s a n d work, (Robert)? Do you have to go to the bank, (Jessica)?
individually. • P u t s t u d e n t s in small g r o u p s t o c o m p a r e t h e i r a n s w e r s .
• N o m i n a t e a s t u d e n t . A s k : Do you have to study for an exam, • A s k i n d i v i d u a l s t u d e n t s t o t e l l t h e class a b o u t t h e p e o p l e in
(Sheena)? E l i c i t l o n g a n s w e r s , e . g . Yes, I have to study for t h e i r g r o u p , e . g . (Manolo and Jan) have to go to work.
an e x a m . / N o , I don't have to study for an exam. Repeat with
b • A s k s t u d e n t s t o call o u t e x a m p l e s o f o t h e r t h i n g s t h e y have
o t h e r s t u d e n t s a n d get up e a r l y .
t o d o t h i s w e e k , e . g . wash the car, meet someone, go to the
• A s k q u e s t i o n s a b o u t d i f f e r e n t m e m b e r s o f t h e class, e . g .
doctor's, buy some stamps, do housework.
Does ( E r r o l ) have to study for an exam? Does (Nico) have to
• Write t h e examples on t h e board. Drill new words and check
get up early?
comprehension.
Students sometimes confuse the negative forms of have • Tell s t u d e n t s to w r i t e t h r e e t h i n g s t h e y have t o do this
in the verbs have got for possession (negative = haven't w e e k a n d t h r e e t h i n g s t h e y d o n ' t have t o do. T h e y can use
g o t ) , and have to for obligation (negative = don't have t o ) . some o f t h e ideas on t h e board, if necessary.
• P u t s t u d e n t s in pairs t o t a l k a b o u t t h e i r w e e k .
He d o e s n ' t have t o go t o w o r k . homework, speak English in class, bring your course book to
117
www.frenglish.ru
TEACHER'S NOTES L E S S O N 63 Students revise have to and learn to respond to requests.
• C u t t h e p a p e r u p s o t h e r e is o n e h a l f o f e a c h p h r a s e o n e a c h • G o t h r o u g h t h e a n s w e r s as a class. A s k s t u d e n t s t o say o n e
piece of paper. Give one piece of paper to each student. Tell sentence each. Check pronunciation.
Warm-up 4 • A s k : What's the first thing you say when you answer the phone?
E l i c i t as m a n y i d e a s as p o s s i b l e , e . g . Good morning, Hello, Hello
• P u t s t u d e n t s in t e a m s . Tell t h e m t h e y have t w o m i n u t e s t o
+ phone number, Can I speak to . . . , please? and write these on
w r i t e a s m a n y r e a s o n s f o r h a v i n g a m o b i l e p h o n e as p o s s i b l e ,
the board. I f students find this difficult, play the audio again,
b u t t h e y c a n o n l y u s e e a c h v e r b o n c e , e . g . to talk to f r i e n d s ,
f o c u s i n g on t h e first line o f each c o n v e r s a t i o n .
to make appointments, to buy things, to pay b i l l s , to find out
• Focus on t h e first pair o f reactions and responses: I think
i n f o r m a t i o n , to call the emergency sen/ices, to send a text,
you've got the wrong number. Oh, sorry. Goodbye. Nominate
to use the I n t e r n e t , to book a hotel, to order a p i z z a , to play
a s t u d e n t . S a y : I'm the caller. I want to speak to S a l l y . You
games. T h e t e a m w i t h t h e m o s t r e a s o n s is t h e w i n n e r .
answer the phone. Act out the first conversation.
• Go t h r o u g h t h e reasons t o g e t h e r . Write new words on t h e • Do t w o more examples with different students and different
board. Drill t h e m and check comprehension. conversations.
• P u t s t u d e n t s in pairs t o m a k e t h e c o n v e r s a t i o n s from
exercises 2 and 3. Monitor.
1 • Tell s t u d e n t s t o cover t h e t e x t . Ask questions a b o u t t h e
• A s k pairs o f s t u d e n t s t o read o u t t h e i r conversations.
p i c t u r e s , e . g . Where are the people? What are they doing?
• Play audio I . t U B for s t u d e n t s t o listen and repeat. 5a • Focus on t h e E v e r y d a y e x p r e s s i o n s . Tell s t u d e n t s t o f i n d
• D r i l l e a c h l i n e as a c l a s s a n d i n d i v i d u a l l y . a n d u n d e r l i n e t h e e x p r e s s i o n s in t h e t e x t .
• W r i t e : No, I'm she's out. on the board. Point t o the gap
2 • Read t h r o u g h t h e responses and reactions. Elicit/Teach
a n d ask s t u d e n t s t o s u p p l y t h e missing w o r d . E l i c i t : a f r a i d .
k e y v o c a b u l a r y , e . g . I'm a f r a i d , out, c a l l i n g , message, wrong
• Ask students to complete the expressions.
number, ring back, leave a message.
• D r i l l e a c h s e n t e n c e as a c l a s s a n d individually. b • Play audio g . T H : l for students to check their answers.
• E x p l a i n t h a t s t u d e n t s are g o i n g t o hear six p h o n e calls f r o m • Play the audio again while students listen and repeat.
people w h o w a n t to speak to Sally. Play audio I;T!WM.
a f r a i d , Can, w r o n g , r i n g , leave, say
• T e l l s t u d e n t s t o f o c u s o n t h e r e s p o n s e s . A s k : What's the f i r s t
response? Play t h e first conversation on t h e audio t w i c e .
E l i c i t : I think you've got the wrong number. 6 • G o t h r o u g h t h e situations. Check u n d e r s t a n d i n g o f each one.
l c 2d 3b 4 a 5 f 6e
137
Students learn a lexical set of weather words and talkwww.frenglish.ru
about the
TEACHER'S NOTES LESSON 65 weather.
Warm-up
• Tell s t u d e n t s a b o u t t h e w e a t h e r in y o u r o w n c o u n t r y a t
• Revise months of the year with a chain. S a y : J a n u a r y . Point
d i f f e r e n t t i m e s o f y e a r , e . g . Today it's warm and hot but in
t o a s t u d e n t t o e l i c i t February. C o n t i n u e t o December. Start
January it's very cold and it snows. I f y o u are f r o m t h e s a m e
a new chain, saying t h e m o n t h s backwards. You could also
c o u n t r y as y o u r s t u d e n t s , a s k s t u d e n t s w h a t t h e y k n o w a b o u t
d o o d d m o n t h s ( J a n u a r y , March) or e v e n m o n t h s ( F e b r u a r y ,
t h e w e a t h e r at d i f f e r e n t t i m e s o f t h e year in o t h e r c o u n t r i e s .
April).
A s k : What's the weather like in (Australia) in January?
• P o i n t t o t h e list o f m o n t h s a n d t e l l s t u d e n t s t o m a k e notes
1 • Elicit/Teach: the weather. a b o u t t h e w e a t h e r in t h e i r c o u n t r y .
• Play audio I - 1 - H 1 for s t u d e n t s t o listen and repeat. • A s k s t u d e n t s q u e s t i o n s , e . g . What's the weather like in
• D r i l l e a c h i t e m as a class t h e n i n d i v i d u a l l y . Check (Vietnam) in August? Is it hot in (Germany) in October? Does
pronunciation. it snow in (Spain) in August?
• N o m i n a t e s t u d e n t s t o s a y i t e m s . S a y : What's number 6, • I f y o u h a v e a m i x e d - n a t i o n a l i t y class, p u t s t u d e n t s in small
( E l t a ) ? E l i c i t : d r y . Check pronunciation. groups to compare the weather. Monitor. If your students
• P u t s t u d e n t s in pairs. Tell s t u d e n t s t o c o v e r t h e t e x t a n d are t h e s a m e n a t i o n a l i t y , p u t t h e m in pairs t o compare
t a k e i t i n t u r n s t o p o i n t a t t h e p i c t u r e s a n d a s k What's this? n o t e s , t h e n g o t h r o u g h e a c h t i m e o f y e a r as a class t o make
sure e v e r y o n e agrees.
• Focus on t h e L a n g u a g e n o t e . Read t h r o u g h t h e first section
( n o u n s a n d a d j e c t i v e s ) t o g e t h e r . D r i l l t h e e x a m p l e s as a b • Focus on t h e cues. Say sentences a b o u t t h e w e a t h e r y o u
class a n d i n d i v i d u a l l y . Tell s t u d e n t s t o c o v e r t h e n o u n s . S a y l i k e , e . g . I like it when it's sunny because I can go to the
a n a d j e c t i v e , e . g . windy. A s k : What's the noun? Elicit: wind. beach and swim.
R e p e a t w i t h t h e list o f a d j e c t i v e s covered.
• Point to t h e first cue. Tell students t o write a sentence
• Go through the second section (nouns and verbs). Ask a b o u t t h e w e a t h e r t h e y like.
s t u d e n t s if t h e y can t h i n k o f any o t h e r words which can be • N o m i n a t e o n e o r t w o i n d i v i d u a l s t u d e n t s . A s k : What kind of
n o u n s a n d v e r b s , e . g . work, drink, play. weather do you l i k e , (Bogna)? Why do you like snow, (Jessica)?
• R e a d t h e t h i r d s e c t i o n . D r i l l e a c h e x a m p l e as a class a n d • Repeat w i t h w e a t h e r y o u dislike.
i n d i v i d u a l l y . W r i t e : It snows today. It's usually snowing • P u t s t u d e n t s in s m a l l g r o u p s t o ask a n d a n s w e r a b o u t t h e
in December, on t h e board. Ask s t u d e n t s t o correct t h e w e a t h e r t h e y like or dislike. Monitor.
s e n t e n c e s . E l i c i t : It's snowing today. It usually snows in • A s k i n d i v i d u a l s t u d e n t s t o t e l l t h e class a b o u t t h e i r g r o u p .
December.
166
Students learn and practise comparatives and howwww.frenglish.ru
to compare
two things.
• Put students in small groups. Tell t h e m t h e topic e.g. t h e pictures and write sentences using the correct adjective.
p r o n u n c i a t i o n o f er i n colder, nicer, etc. (/a/). smaller than Harrods. Focus on the examples.
• P o i n t t o t h e list o f t h i n g s a n d ask s t u d e n t t o w r i t e t r u e
2 • Go t h r o u g h t h e table on Student's Book page 111. sentences a b o u t each o n e . R e m i n d t h e m t o use t e n different
• D r i l l t h e e x a m p l e s as a c l a s s a n d i n d i v i d u a l l y . adjectives. Monitor.
• Tell students to cover t h e comparatives. Say a base adjective, • A s k s t u d e n t s a b o u t t h e i r s e n t e n c e s . S a y : Describe two shops
e . g . cold. A s k : What's the comparative? Elicit: colder. in your town, ( H a n n a h ) . Tell the class about two people in
• Repeat w i t h t h e base adjectives covered. Say a comparative your family, (Jean).
a n d e l i c i t t h e b a s e a d j e c t i v e , e . g . hotter. Elicit: hot. • P u t s t u d e n t s in pairs t o c o m p a r e t h e i r s e n t e n c e s . Monitor.
• P u t s t u d e n t s in pairs t o practise.
• F o c u s s t u d e n t s ' a t t e n t i o n o n t h e c a n d o s t a t e m e n t : Now I
• W r i t e : nicier, more cold, hoter, sunnyier, badder on t h e
can compare two things.
b o a r d . P u t a cross n e x t t o t h e w o r d s t o s h o w t h e y are
i n c o r r e c t . A s k s t u d e n t s t o c o r r e c t t h e m . E l i c i t : nicer, colder,
Follow-up
hotter, sunnier, worse.
• Collect pictures (or reuse pictures you've used in previous
Students are usually able to understand the idea of a c t i v i t i e s ) o f d i f f e r e n t t h i n g s t h a t s t u d e n t s h a v e learned in
comparatives but often have problems forming them. p r e v i o u s l e s s o n s , e . g . pen, computer, plane, bus, car, an ice
Many languages, e.g. Portuguese and Italian, add the cream, a cup of coffee. You will need one picture for each
equivalent of more to form comparatives, so the longer m e m b e r o f t h e class.
adjectives, such as expensive or dangerous, which take • H o l d u p t w o p i c t u r e s , e . g . t h e p l a n e a n d t h e car. E l i c i t as
more are not normally a problem. However, remembering
m a n y c o m p a r a t i v e s e n t e n c e s a s p o s s i b l e , e . g . The plane is
to add a suffix for shorter adjectives can be more bigger, more expensive, f a s t e r , longer, than the car. The car is
difficult, especially for students trying to translate word smaller, cheaper, slower, shorter than the plane.
for word from their own language.
• H a n d o u t t h e pictures. Tell s t u d e n t s t o mingle and show
each other their pictures, t h e n make a sentence comparing
3 • Do the example together. Play the first item on audio
the t w o things. When they have done this, they exchange
S t u d e n t s h e a r That car's very f a s t , m a k e a s e n t e n c e
pictures and find another partner.
w i t h But this and a c o m p a r a t i v e , t h e n listen and repeat.
• Play t he rest of t h e audio.
117
www.frenglish.ru
TEACHER'S N O T E S LESSON 67 Students revise adjectives and compare two places.
What can you see? Where are they? How old are they? • P u t s t u d e n t s in pairs t o c o m p a r e t h e i r d e s c r i p t i o n s . Monitor.
I S 2 B 3 S 4 S 5 B 6B 7 S 8S • G r o u p s t a k e it in t u r n s t o read o u t t h e i r d e s c r i p t i o n s . The
other groups t r y to guess the country before t h e y finish
• Focus on t h e L a n g u a g e n o t e . Drill t h e compass directions. t h e i r d e s c r i p t i o n . ( Y o u c o u l d u s e t h e d e s c r i p t i o n o f L i b y a as
• A s k : Where is Seattle? E l i c i t : It's in the north-west of the an e x a m p l e f o r t h i s g a m e . )
USA. Practise w i t h places in t h e c o u n t r y w h e r e t h e school
is. For e x a m p l e , i f y o u ' r e t e a c h i n g in B r i t a i n , a s k : Where's
Brighton? Where's Newcastle? Is Leeds further north than Resource activity pages 240 and 287
Birmingham? I f possible, use a large m a p o f t h e c o u n t r y and
ask s t u d e n t s t o p o i n t t o t h e places.
3aBS5DE3S
• Focus on t h e list. Write t h e names o f t w o places t h a t y o u
go to on holiday, e.g. C u b a / J e r s e y , t w o countries,
e . g . Australia / F r a n c e , and t w o parts of your country,
e . g . Yorkshire/Hampshire on the board.
• P o i n t t o t h e list and t e l l s t u d e n t s t o w r i t e places t h e y know
for each i t e m .
137
www.frenglish.ru
Students revise adjectives and comparatives and learn
expressions to talk about a trip.
wedding • Play the audio again while students listen and repeat.
p i c t u r e 4 : upset, Oh dear • D r i l l t h e e x p r e s s i o n s as a c l a s s a n d i n d i v i d u a l l y .
• W r i t e t h e n e w w o r d s a n d p h r a s e s on t h e b o a r d a n d d r i l l as a
back, g e t , t i r e d , H o w
class a n d individually.
• Tell s t u d e n t s t o cover t h e t e x t . Ask q u e s t i o n s a b o u t t h e
4 • F o c u s on t h e s t o r y . P u t s t u d e n t s in g r o u p s o f four. Tell t h e m
p i c t u r e s t o check basic c o m p r e h e n s i o n , e.g.
t o practise t h e conversation, each t a k i n g one part.
p i c t u r e 1 : Who can you see? Where are they? What are they
• Give s t u d e n t s an o p p o r t u n i t y t o practise each role. Monitor.
doing?
• Ask one g r o u p to act o u t t h e s t o r y f o r t h e rest o f t h e class.
p i c t u r e 2 : Where are Sarah and Jordan going? What are they
doing? • F o c u s s t u d e n t s ' a t t e n t i o n o n t h e c a n d o s t a t e m e n t : Now I
p i c t u r e 3 : Where is Peter? Who is he with? What are they can talk about at r i p .
doing? Who is taking the taxi? Where is Sarah? How does she
look? Why is she upset? Follow-up
p i c t u r e 4 : Who can you see? Where are they? What are they
• Ask s t u d e n t s t o t h i n k a b o u t t h e last t r i p t h e y w e n t o n . Tell
doing? How does Sarah look?
them to write down where they went and why.
• F o c u s o n t h e q u e s t i o n : What is Sarah's news? Play the audio
• A s k q u e s t i o n s a b o u t t h e i r t r i p s , e . g . Where did you go? Why
a g a i n . E l i c i t : Her boyfriend is in Canada now and he's going
did you go to (Rome)?
to marry someone else.
• Ask questions a b o u t the t e x t to check comprehension, e.g. • S a y : You arrived back from your trip yesterday. Write how you
p i c t u r e 1 : Where was Sarah? How does she feel? Was it cold feel and how the trip went. P u t s t u d e n t s in pairs. P o i n t t o
in Singapore? How was her grandmother's funeral? Was Sarah t h e e x p r e s s i o n s in e x e r c i s e 3 a a n d t e l l s t u d e n t s t o make
happy to see her family? conversations about their trip.
p i c t u r e 2 : Where did Sarah tell Jordan about her boyfriend?
• A s k pairs o f s t u d e n t s t o read o u t t h e i r c o n v e r s a t i o n s .
Where does he work now? Is Sarah upset that her boyfriend is
going to marry someone else? Are Sarah's parents happy about
it? Were they happy to hear about Peter?
R e s o u r c e a c t i v i t y pages 2 4 1 and 2 8 7
p i c t u r e 3 : Is Peter upset about Zelda's wedding? Does he want
her wedding to go well?
p i c t u r e 4 : Does Ryan know about Zelda's wedding? Where did
Sarah go? Did Ryan talk to Peter about Zelda's wedding?
117
Students learn a lexical set of geographical featureswww.frenglish.ru
and talk
TEACHER'S NOTES LESSON 69 about their own town.
G o o d m o r n i n g , ladies and g e n t l e m e n . Welcome t o our t o u r . We're • Write t w o example sentences on the board about your t o w n ,
l a 2 b 3b 4a 5b 6b
166
Students learn superlatives and use them to comparewww.frenglish.ru
more than
two things.
Warm-up 5 an e x p e n s i v e car
It's t h e m o s t e x p e n s i v e car in t h e w o r l d .
• Write a mixture of correct and incorrect comparatives on t h e
6 a long b r i d g e
board, e.g. cheaper, windyier, more dangerouser, badder, more It's t h e l o n g e s t b r i d g e in t h e w o r l d .
cloudy, colder, better, more expensive, cool, dryer, wetter, biger.
• P u t s t u d e n t s in pairs. G i v e t h e m t w o m i n u t e s t o g o t h r o u g h 4 • E l i c i t / T e a c h : world record. Ask students if t h e y know any
t h e list a n d m a k e c o r r e c t i o n s w h e r e necessary. w o r l d r e c o r d s , e . g . What's the highest mountain in the world?
What's the fastest animal in the world?
• G o t h r o u g h as a c l a s s .
• Go t h r o u g h t h e world records. E l i c i t / T e a c h key v o c a b u l a r y ,
e . g . ocean, Greenland. I f possibLe, use a m a p o f t h e w o r l d t o
1 • Tell s t u d e n t s t o cover t h e t e x t . Ask q u e s t i o n s a b o u t t h e l o c a t e each p l a c e , or ask q u e s t i o n s t o c h e c k t h a t s t u d e n t s
p l a c e s i n t h e p i c t u r e , e . g . What's this? Where are The Andes? r e c o g n i z e t h e p l a c e s , e . g . Where is Antarctica? Where does
• E l i c i t / T e a c h : mountain range, run through, cm (centimetre), the River Nile start? What country is Bologna in? D r i l l e a c h
m i l l i m e t r e , desert, famous, wide. p l a c e n a m e as a class a n d individually.
• Play audio M M 1 for s t u d e n t s t o read and listen. • W r i t e : The Pacific Ocean is the in the world, on t h e
• D r i l l e a c h s u p e r l a t i v e f o r m as a class a n d i n d i v i d u a l l y . Check b o a r d . P o i n t t o t h e g a p s . A s k : What's this? Elicit possible
p r o n u n c i a t i o n o f est (/ist/). a n s w e r s , e . g . largest ocean, biggest ocean, widest ocean,
• A s k q u e s t i o n s a b o u t t h e t e x t , e . g . What are the Andes? What smallest ocean b u t d o n ' t s a y i f t h e a n s w e r s are c o r r e c t or
is the widest river in the world? How much rain f a l l s in the not.
Atacama Desert? Where is Copacabana Beach? • P u t s t u d e n t s in pairs a n d t e l l t h e m t o c o m p l e t e t h e w o r l d
records. I f y o u h a v e been using maps in t h e lesson, leave
2 • G o t h r o u g h t h e rules on S t u d e n t ' s B o o k p a g e 111.
t h e m on display and encourage s t u d e n t s t o look at t h e m to
• D r i l l t h e e x a m p l e s i n t h e f i r s t t w o p a r t s o f t h e t a b l e as a
work out the answers.
class a n d i n d i v i d u a l l y .
• W r i t e t h e a n s w e r s as a list o n t h e b o a r d so s t u d e n t s c a n
• Tell s t u d e n t s t o cover t h e superlative f o r m s . Say a base
check their spelling.
a d j e c t i v e o r a c o m p a r a t i v e f o r m , e . g . older. A s k : What's the
• U s e t h e list t o d r i l l e a c h s u p e r l a t i v e f o r m as a class a n d
superlative? Elicit: oldest.
individually.
• Repeat w i t h t h e base and comparative forms covered. Say a
• A s k i n d i v i d u a l s t u d e n t s t o read one sentence each. Check
superlative and elicit the base adjective and comparative,
pronunciation.
e . g . wettest. E l i c i t : wet, wetter.
• P u t s t u d e n t s in pairs t o practise. 1 t h e largest ocean 2 t h e largest 3 the deepest 4 t h e highest
• F o c u s o n t h e i r r e g u l a r s u p e r L a t i v e s . D r i l l t h e e x a m p l e s as 5 t h e longest 6 the biggest 7 t h e coldest 8 t h e oldest
a class a n d i n d i v i d u a l l y . P o i n t o u t t h a t t h e r e are v e r y f e w
irregular s u p e r l a t i v e s in English b u t t h a t s t u d e n t s n e e d t o • I n q u e s t i o n s 1 , 2 , a n d 6 the biggest w o u l d also be possible
learn t h e m . a n d i n q u e s t i o n 4 the tallest w o u l d be possible.
• W r i t e : The driest place of the world is the Atacama Desert.
5 1WHHUJ
Lloro is wettest place in the world. Copacabana is the
• F o c u s on t h e cues. G o t h r o u g h each o n e and say s e n t e n c e s
beautifulest beach in the world, on t h e b o a r d . P u t a cross
a b o u t y o u r t o w n , e . g . I think the highest building in my town
n e x t t o t h e s e n t e n c e s t o s h o w t h e y are i n c o r r e c t . Ask
is the National Westminster b u i l d i n g , The most expensive shop
s t u d e n t s t o c o r r e c t t h e m . E l i c i t : The driest place in the
is Harrods. I f possible, use pictures o f y o u r t o w n / c i t y to
world is the Atacama Desert. Lloro is the wettest place in the
show students the different places.
world. Copacabana is the most beautiful beach in the world.
• P o i n t t o t h e list. Tell s t u d e n t s t o t h i n k a b o u t t h e town/city
As with comparatives, students are usually able to t h e y are l i v i n g in n o w a n d m a k e n o t e s . Monitor.
understand the idea of superlatives but often have • Ask individual students about their notes, e.g. What's
problems forming them, especially those formed by the highest building in the town, (Omar)? What's the most
adding a suffix (est). Another problem caused by LI expensive shop?
interference is remembering to use the superlative form • F o c u s s t u d e n t s ' a t t e n t i o n o n t h e c a n d o s t a t e m e n t : Now I
before the noun. can compare more than two things.
117
www.frenglish.ru
Students revise comparatives and superlatives and describe their
~ TEACHER'S NOTES LESSON 71 country.
• G o t h r o u g h t h e a n s w e r s as a class. I f n e c e s s a r y , p l a y t h e
Warm-up
audio again stopping after each answer.
• Play a game o f Spelling Lines (see page 1 1 ) t o revise
geographical features from l e s s o n s 69 and 7 0 on t h e board, E d i n b u r g h : t h e castle, m u s e u m s , a r t galleries, E d i n b u r g h F e s t i v a l .
e . g . mountain, h i l l , r i v e r , ocean, desert, c l i f f , f i e l d , island, S c o t l a n d ' s w e a t h e r : It's o f t e n t h e c o l d e s t , w e t t e s t , and w i n d i e s t
* P u t s t u d e n t s in small t e a m s . A s k t h e q u e s t i o n s . Teams w i n
b • G o t h r o u g h t h e l i s t . E l i c i t / T e a c h : scenery, castle.
one point for a correct answer.
• P l a y t h e a u d i o ( t o plays and shows) twice. A s k : What
can you see in Edinburgh? E l i c i t : the castle, museums, art
galleries, Edinburgh Festival. R e s o u r c e a c t i v i t y pages 2 4 4 a n d 289
• R e p e a t w i t h t h e rest of t h e audio t o elicit details a b o u t
Scotland's weather and Scotland's scenery.
117
www.frenglish.ru
TEACHER'S NOTES LESSON 72 Students learn expressions for giving measurements.
Warm-up 4 A H o w high is t h i s c u p b o a r d ?
B J u s t a m i n u t e . It's 95 c e n t i m e t r e s high a n d it's 50
• Play a g a m e o f N o u g h t s a n d Crosses (see page 1 1 ) t o revise
centimetres wide.
geographical features from lessons 69 and 70.
5 A H o w w i d e is this carpet?
• W r i t e t h e f i r s t l e t t e r o f each f e a t u r e in t h e g r i d . Prepare B J u s t a m i n u t e . L e t me see. It's six metres w i d e .
d e f i n i t i o n s f o r e a c h f e a t u r e , e . g . railway - something a train 6 A H o w deep is t h e s w i m m i n g pool?
travels on, motorway - you can drive fast on this road, hill - a B It's 1 . 5 metres d e e p .
small mountain, lake - a big area of water that you can sail
on or swim i n , tunnel - a road that goes through a mountain, • F o c u s on t h e i n c o r r e c t s t a t e m e n t s 2, 3, 5, 6. Tell s t u d e n t s
bridge - you can use this to go over a r i v e r , mountain - a very t o listen and correct t h e s t a t e m e n t s . Play t h e audio again
big h i l l , island - Cuba is one of these. to elicit t h e correct measurements.
Audio script 7 2 . 2
1 A H o w high is t h a t hill?
B It's six h u n d r e d metres h i g h .
2 A H o w w i d e is t h i s lake?
B It's t h r e e k i l o m e t r e s w i d e .
3 A H o w l o n g is t h i s t a b l e ?
B I d o n ' t k n o w , b u t I can measure i t . . . . It's 2 . 8 metres l o n g .
137
www.frenglish.ru
Students learn and practise a lexical set of everyday jobs.
to the as t h e c o l u m n h e a d i n g s . W r i t e : make the beds, make S t u d e n t s t a k e it in turns t o say j o b s and sentences. Monitor.
A u d i o script 7 3 . 3
1 A
B
Are t h e r e a n y more plates on t h e t a b l e ?
N o , b u t t h e r e are some glasses here.
Resource activity pages 232 and 283
A Thanks.
79
Students learn the present perfect and say what people have
www.frenglish.ru
TEACHER'S NOTES LESSON 74 done.
2, 5, 7, 8
1 • A s k q u e s t i o n s a b o u t t h e p i c t u r e s , e . g . Where's Lucy? What's
she doing?
A u d i o script 7 4 . 3
• E l i c i t / T e a c h : not working, put i n , address book, r i g h t ,
R i g h t t h e n , let's have a look at my list.
managing director.
I h a v e n ' t w r i t t e n t o A l a n Day.
• Play audio B 3 B for s t u d e n t s t o read a n d listen.
I ' v e been t o t h e b a n k .
• A s k q u e s t i o n s t o c h e c k c o m p r e h e n s i o n , e . g . Is Lucy stiil
working? What is she sending to her parents? I h a v e n ' t b o o k e d a h o t e l in Barcelona.
Audio script 7 4 . 2
Follow-up
1 do t h e i r o n i n g - I ' v e d o n e t h e i r o n i n g .
2 clean t h e car - I ' v e cleaned t h e car. • U s e t h e f i r s t p a r a g r a p h f r o m e x e r c i s e 1 as a d i c t a t i o n .
3 make t h e beds - I ' v e made t h e b e d s .
• Tell s t u d e n t s t o use t h e t e x t t o check t h e i r w o r k .
4 t a k e t h e letters t o t h e p o s t office - I've t a k e n t h e letters t o t h e
post office.
5 b u y some milk - I ' v e b o u g h t some milk. Resource activity pages 251 and 292
6 t i d y t h e desk - I ' v e t i d i e d t h e desk.
166
www.frenglish.ru
TEACHER'S NOTES LESSON 75 Students revise the present perfect and write short messages.
Pronunciation
Audio script 7 5 . 1
1 Julia 1 • Play audio j f E E J for students to listen and repeat. Model
3 Everyone / s u / : h o m e , p h o n e , z o n e , R o m e , alone
T h e p h o t o c o p i e r isn't w o r k i n g . Please d o n ' t use i t . I ' v e p h o n e d
t h e e n g i n e e r . He's c o m i n g t o m o r r o w m o r n i n g . • F o c u s s t u d e n t s ' a t t e n t i o n o n t h e c a n d o s t a t e m e n t : Now I
Kate can understand and write short messages.
4 Mandy
I ' v e gone t o t h e sports c e n t r e . Fay's c o m i n g r o u n d at 8 o'clock Follow-up _
for her b a g . I ' v e p u t it u n d e r t h e t a b l e in t h e hall. See y o u
• W r i t e o u t a s i m p l e m e s s a g e in code ( A = l B = 2 C=3 D = 4 , etc.)
later.
on t h e b o a r d (or on an O H T ) , e.g.
David x x
Can you meet Maria at the station at eight o'clock?
5 Bill
3/1/14 25/15/21 13/5/5/20 13/1/18/9/1 1/20
Message f r o m J a c k i e .
She's missed t h e t r a i n , so she's g o i n g t o be late for t h e 20/8/5 19/20/1/20/9/15/14 1/20 5/9/7/8/20 15
m e e t i n g . T h e n e x t t r a i n isn't u n t i l 1 1 . 3 0 , so d o n ' t w a i t for her. 3/12/15/3/11?
Abigail
• P u t s t u d e n t s in t e a m s . Tell t h e m t h a t A = 1 a n d Z = 2 6 . Teams
compete to decode the message.
2 • Read t h r o u g h t h e questions. Do t h e first one t o g e t h e r . Read
• A s k t e a m s t o w r i t e t h e i r o w n m e s s a g e using t h e c o d e . Tell
t h e m e s s a g e s a g a i n . A s k : Who's at the station now? Elicit:
t h e m to exchange messages and decode the new message.
Jackie.
• P u t s t u d e n t s in pairs t o a n s w e r t h e questions.
• G o t h r o u g h t h e a n s w e r s as a class.
Resource activity pages 232 and 283
1 Jackie's at t h e s t a t i o n . David's at t h e s p o r t s c e n t r e . Tim's at t h e
cinema 2 Fay's bag is u n d e r t h e t a b l e in t h e hall. Julia's d i n n e r
is in t h e o v e n 3 T h e p h o t o c o p i e r isn't w o r k i n g . T h e F i n a n c e
m e e t i n g can't be in Room 7. T h e n e x t t r a i n is at h a l f past e l e v e n .
81
Students revise the present perfect and learn expressions for
www.frenglish.ru
asking for explanations.
p i c t u r e 1 : Who can you see? Where are they? What are they paper. Include a mistake (grammar, word order, extra word,
doing? e t c . ) in each o n e , e . g .
p i c t u r e 3 : Who is Cindy talking to? Does she look happy? Sarah has went to the a i r p o r t .
p i c t u r e 4 : Who does Peter bump into? Where are they? What Zelda is get married again.
are they doing? How does Peter look? What you are talking about?
p i c t u r e 5 : Where's Peter? Who is he talking to? What are Lucy Sarah's going back to the Singapore.
and Jordan doing? Everyone is knowing that Peter wants to marry Sarah.
117
Students learn and practise a lexical set of activitieswww.frenglish.ru
and talk
~ TEACHER'S NOTES LESSON 77 about experiences.
Warm-up A u d i o script 7 7 . 3
Presenter Well, S u n i t a , we've had a l o t o f emails from p e o p l e
• Write sentences using verbs f r o m L e s s o n s 7 3 t o 7 6 on
with questions for y o u .
p i e c e s o f p a p e r , e . g . Oh no! I've missed/the t r a i n . Has she
Sunita OK.
w r i t t e n / t h e report? Have you taken /out the rubbish?
Presenter So here goes. Y o u like s p o r t . H a v e y o u ever run a
• C u t t h e sentences in half w h e r e i n d i c a t e d . G i v e each s t u d e n t a marathon?
Sunita Yes, I have. I ' v e run t h e L o n d o n M a r a t h o n .
sentence half. Tell t h e m t o mingle and m a t c h t h e sentences.
Presenter H a v e y o u ever been t o t h e USA?
Sunita N o , I h a v e n ' t , b u t I'm g o i n g n e x t year.
1 • Play audio Q S I f ° r s t u d e n t s t o listen and repeat. Presenter H a v e y o u ever r i d d e n a m o t o r b i k e ?
Sunita Yes, I have. It's f u n , b u t a b i t d a n g e r o u s . I usually
• D r i l l e a c h i t e m as a c l a s s t h e n i n d i v i d u a l l y . Check
ride a bike.
pronunciation.
Presenter N o w . Here's a strange one. H a v e y o u ever seen a ghost?
• N o m i n a t e s t u d e n t s t o s a y i t e m s . S a y : What's number 12,
Sunita No, I haven't.
(Clara)? E l i c i t : be on TV. Presenter H a v e y o u ever w r i t t e n a book?
• P u t s t u d e n t s in pairs. Tell t h e m t o c o v e r t h e t e x t a n d t a k e it Sunita Yes, I h a v e . I ' v e w r i t t e n t w o b o o k s . T h e y ' r e stories
i n t u r n s t o p o i n t a t t h e p i c t u r e s a n d a s k What's this? for children.
Presenter A n o t h e r q u e s t i o n a b o u t t r a n s p o r t . H a v e y o u ever
In some languages a number of verbs form their present d r i v e n a s p o r t s car?
perfect form with the auxiliary be, rather than have. For Sunita No, I haven't.
example, in French these verbs include ride and go. Presenter H a v e y o u ever d o n e a b u n g e e j u m p ?
Sunita N o , I h a v e n ' t . I t looks really scary. N o , I d o n ' t w a n t
2 • D r a w t w o c o l u m n s on t h e b o a r d . P o i n t t o t h e f i r s t v e r b in t o do t h a t .
Presenter A n d t h e last q u e s t i o n : H a v e y o u ever been scuba
e x e r c i s e 1 ( r i d e ) . W r i t e : ride in t h e f i r s t c o l u m n . Ask:
diving?
What's the past participle of 'ride'? E l i c i t : ridden and write
Sunita Yes, I have. I o f t e n go scuba d i v i n g . It's f a n t a s t i c .
this in t h e s e c o n d column.
• P u t s t u d e n t s in pairs t o w r i t e t h e p a s t p a r t i c i p l e s o f t h e
b • A s k q u e s t i o n s a b o u t S u n i t a , e . g . Has she ever been to the
verbs in exercise 1.
USA? E l i c i t : Yes, she h a s . / N o , she hasn't.
• G o t h r o u g h t h e a n s w e r s as a c l a s s .
• F o c u s on t h e e x a m p l e . P u t s t u d e n t s in pairs t o ask and
1 ridden 2 driven 3 gone 4 done 5 climbed 6 seen answer about Sunita. Monitor.
7 flown 8 run 9 won 1 0 lost 11 written 12 been
6a IMBHa*
• G o t h r o u g h t h e list o f v e r b s . S a y t r u e s e n t e n c e s about
• F o c u s on t h e L a n g u a g e n o t e . D r i l l t h e e x a m p l e s as a class
t h e t h i n g s y o u ' v e d o n e / h a v e n ' t d o n e , e . g . I've been to
and individually.
Indonesia. I've seen a ghost. I've never won a competition.
• A s k s t u d e n t s a b o u t t h e e x p e r i e n c e s in e x e r c i s e 1 , e . g . Have
• Tell s t u d e n t s t o w r i t e sentences a b o u t t h i n g s t h e y have and
you ever been on TV? E l i c i t : Yes, I h a v e . / N o , I haven't.
haven't done.
3 • Do t h e e x a m p l e t o g e t h e r . Play t h e first i t e m on audio
b • D r i l l t h e e x a m p l e as a c l a s s a n d i n d i v i d u a l l y .
E Q E ] . S t u d e n t s h e a r drive a sports car, make a question
w i t h Have you ever, t h e n listen and repeat. • P u t s t u d e n t s in pairs t o c o m p a r e w h a t t h e y h a v e a n d haven't
done. Monitor.
• Play t h e rest of t h e audio.
• Ask students to say sentences a b o u t their partner. Check
A u d i o script 7 7 . 2 pronunciation.
1 d r i v e a s p o r t s car - H a v e y o u ever driven a sports car?
2 see a g h o s t - H a v e y o u ever seen a ghost? Pronunciation
3 fly a plane - H a v e y o u ever f l o w n a plane?
a • S a y : see, seen. Elicit and drill t h e s o u n d / i : / in each w o r d t o
4 climb a m o u n t a i n - H a v e y o u ever climbed a m o u n t a i n ?
s h o w t h e y a r e t h e s a m e . R e p e a t w i t h w r i t e , written to show
5 w i n a p r i z e - H a v e y o u ever w o n a prize?
t h e v o w e l s o u n d s are d i f f e r e n t .
6 be on T V - H a v e y o u ever been on TV?
• P u t s t u d e n t s in pairs. Tell t h e m t o l i s t e n a n d t i c k t h e v e r b s
w i t h a different vowel sound. Play audio W ^ l twice.
4 • F o c u s o n t h e e x a m p l e . A s k : What other words go with 'ride'?
• G o t h r o u g h t h e a n s w e r s as a class.
Tell s t u d e n t s t o call o u t t h e i r ideas a n d w r i t e t h e s e on t h e
b o a r d , e . g . ride a motorbike, ride a camel. v o w e l sounds t h a t c h a n g e : w r i t e / w r i t t e n , d r i v e / d r i v e n , g o / g o n e ,
• P u t s t u d e n t s in f o u r g r o u p s . Tell o n e g r o u p t o look at verbs lose/lost
1 - 4 in e x e r c i s e 1 , a n o t h e r t o look at verbs 5 - 8 , e t c . Tell
t h e m t o write more words for each verb. b • Play the audio again for students t o listen and repeat.
• Ask groups t o w r i t e their ideas on t h e board. Drill new • D r i l l e a c h p a i r o f w o r d s as a class a n d i n d i v i d u a l l y . Check
words and check comprehension. pronunciation.
• Tell students t o fill their grid w i t h irregular past participles computer three months ago, I visited China three years ago.
from page 1 2 1 of the Student's Book. • Point to the time expressions and tell students to make
sentences about themselves.
• N o m i n a t e i n d i v i d u a l s t u d e n t s . A s k : What did you do three
la • A s k q u e s t i o n s a b o u t t h e p i c t u r e , e . g . Where's Cindy? Who is days/weeks/months/years ago? Elicit full sentences with
she talking to? What's she looking at? What country is the Taj ago, e . g . I went to Paris three months ago.
Mahal in?
• Elicit/Teach: lucky. 4 • Read through t h e questionnaire. Elicit/Teach key
• Play audio for s t u d e n t s t o read a n d listen. v o c a b u l a r y , e.g. famous person, something unusual, move
Cindy want to go? Has Jordan been to the Taj Mahal in India? • G o t h r o u g h t h e p a s t s i m p l e q u e s t i o n s . W r i t e : Have you
Where did he go with his friends? Did they enjoy the food? ever won a prize? on t h e board. Point t o t h e past simple
Students often have problems deciding whether to use Tell t h e o t h e r s t u d e n t s t o ask q u e s t i o n s t o f i n d o u t more
the present perfect or the past simple in English. In i n f o r m a t i o n , e . g . When did you win it? What did you win?
some languages, for example Italian, Dutch, and German, How did you win it? Did you like the prize? Make notes on t h e
that happened at some point until now, and something and tell t h e m to make conversations a b o u t things they've
• Play t h e rest o f t h e a u d i o .
Follow-up
A u d i o script 7 8 . 2
• W r i t e o u t q u e s t i o n s u s i n g Have you ever and expressions
1 I ' v e seen t h a t f i l m .
f r o m l e s s o n 7 7 e x e r c i s e 1 , e . g . Have you ever done a bungee
I saw t h a t film last w e e k .
jump? Have you ever seen a ghost? Prepare one for each
2 I ' v e been t o A t h e n s .
student.
I w e n t t o A t h e n s last w e e k .
3 I ' v e read t h a t b o o k . • H a n d o u t t h e questions. Tell students t o mingle and find out
I read t h a t b o o k last w e e k . how many people have done their activity and when they
4 I ' v e climbed a m o u n t a i n . did it.
I climbed a m o u n t a i n last w e e k .
• C o l l e c t t h e results on t h e b o a r d t o f i n d o u t w h i c h are t h e
5 I ' v e d r i v e n a s p o r t s car.
most c o m m o n and least c o m m o n experiences.
I d r o v e a s p o r t s car last w e e k .
6 I ' v e eaten t h e r e .
I a t e t h e r e last w e e k .
Resource activity pages 251 and 292
• F o c u s o n t h e L a n g u a g e n o t e . D r i l l t h e e x a m p l e s as a c l a s s
and individually.
166
Students revise the past simple and present perfectwww.frenglish.ru
and ask
TEACHER'S NOTES LESSON 79 about people's experiences.
169
Students learn expressions for travelling and checking in at an
www.frenglish.ru
airport.
• Focus on the Language note. Write: How much luggages A s k pairs o f s t u d e n t s t o a c t o u t o n e o f t h e i r conversations.
4 • I d e n t i f y w h e r e D u b a i a n d B a n g k o k are.
Follow-up
• Play audio all t h e w a y t h r o u g h . • P u t s t u d e n t s in small g r o u p s . Tell t h e m t h e y are g o i n g t o
• Draw the table on the board. organize an end-of-course day trip. They have to decide the
• Play the first conversation twice. Ask students to complete following information: destination, dates, form of transport,
t h e t a b l e f o r t h e f i r s t p a s s e n g e r . E l i c i t : two, window, 8.15, activities, and things people will need t o take. Ask t h e m to
gate 12 a n d w r i t e t h e a n s w e r s i n t h e f i r s t c o l u m n . make posters to advertise their trip, then present their trips
• Repeat with the second conversation. t o t h e class.
1 t w o , w i n d o w , 8 . 1 5 , gate 1 2
2 o n e , w i n d o w , t e n o'clock, g a t e 46 R e s o u r c e a c t i v i t y pages 253 a n d 293
R e v i e w a n d W o r d l i s t s Lesson 7 3 - 8 0
S t u d e n t ' s B o o k pages 1 0 1 - 1 0 2
117
Students do a general language review and hearwww.frenglish.ru
the end of
TEACHER'S NOTES EPILOGUE the story.
Warm-up A u d i o script 8 1 . 2
Peter Can I have a t i c k e t t o S i n g a p o r e , please?
• Use t h e pictures f r o m t h e s t o r y l i n e lessons t o revise t h e
C o u n t e r clerk For t o d a y ' s f l i g h t , sir?
story from the beginning to date. Ask questions about the
Peter Yes, please.
c h a r a c t e r s a n d t h e s t o r y , e . g . Who's this? Where do they work? Lucy B u t y o u need y o u r p a s s p o r t , Peter.
Where did they meet? Peter I ' v e g o t i t . I t r a v e l a l o t in m y j o b , so I carry i t
all t h e t i m e .
C o u n t e r clerk Here y o u are, sir. B u t y o u have t o hurry. T h e
1 • Play audio H W to familiarize students with how the story
check-in desk is g o i n g t o close in t w o m i n u t e s .
develops and w i t h the characters' voices.
Peter Thank you.
• E l i c i t / T e a c h key v o c a b u l a r y for each p i c t u r e , e.g.
p i c t u r e 1 : soon, important Jordan B y e , Peter.
Lucy G o o d luck.
p i c t u r e 2 : departure lounge, I expect
Peter Thanks. Bye.
p i c t u r e 4 : f l i g h t number, destination
• W r i t e t h e n e w w o r d s o n t h e b o a r d a n d d r i l l as a c l a s s a n d Clerk Can I see y o u r b o a r d i n g card, please, sir? . . .
individually. T h a n k y o u . Please t a k e a seat in t h e l o u n g e .
• Tell s t u d e n t s t o cover t h e t e x t . Ask some q u e s t i o n s about Peter T h a n k y o u . . . H e l l o , Sarah.
• Tell s t u d e n t s t o listen and compare their ideas. Play audio come to the board to write.
173
Pleased to meet you H o w do you spell ' h a pwww.frenglish.ru
py'?
Photocopiable p.174 Photocopiable p.175
1 Aim: To practise introducing yourself, and spelling 1 Aim: To practise naming things in a classroom
4 Instructions: 4 Instructions:
• Make one copy of the worksheet for every two • Make one copy of the worksheet for each student.
• Ask students to read t h e cues. 1 Pick u p a pen. What's this? Elicit: It's a pen.
Ask:
• Elicit t h e wording of the conversation with a 2 Point to somebody's Ask: What are
books.
Student My name's (Miguel). the first picture and the example. Ask students
You Nice to meet you, too, (Miguel), etc. to read the g a p p e d conversation and to find the
• P u t students in A / B pairs. Assign t h e role of missing word from the box. Elicit t h e answer
• Ask two confident students to act out the students t o read o u t t h e conversations. Drill
• As an extension, students can s w a p pairs and • For exercise 2, ask students to practise all o f the
A What's (this)?
A Hi. I'm ( J e a n Cantal).
B Pleased t o meet y o u , ( J e a n ) . H o w do y o u spell y o u r
surname? B It's a (pencil).
A It's ( C - A - N - T - A - L ) .
B I'm (Alicia). ANSWERS
A Nice t o meet y o u , t o o (Alicia). H o w do y o u spell this / n o t e b o o k
y o u r first name? these / pens
B (A-L-I-C-I-A). that / window
A W h a t do y o u do? those / books
B I'm a (nurse). W h a t a b o u t you? mean
A I work for a (TV c o m p a n y ) . say
B O h , that's interesting. spell
say
137
It's on t h e f o u r t h floor Hello and goodbye www.frenglish.ru
Photocopiable p.176 Photocopiable p.177
1 Aim: To practise using numbers and asking about 1 Aim: To practise saying hello and goodbye
location
2 Activity t y p e : Choosing the correct words
• Make one copy of the worksheet for each student. the pictures. Ask questions to establish the
• Review numbers 1-100, using any of these methods: context, How many people are there? Four.
e.g.
1 Say: o n e . P o i n t t o t h e class a n d elicit t w o . Where are they? In an office. What time of day is it
Say: three. P o i n t t o t h e class a n d elicit four. in picture 1 ? It's morning. What time of day is it in
Continue up to number 20. With confident picture 6? It's evening.
students, repeat the same process counting • Ask students to read the conversation in picture 1
3 Write the following numbers on the board: 1st, While they are w o r k i n g , circulate to help with
2nd, 3rd, 4 t h , 5th, 6th, 7th, 8th, 9th, 10th. vocabulary and comprehension.
Point to each n u m b e r in order a n d elicit first, • Check the answers by asking different pairs t o read
second, etc. Then point to each number in out their conversations. Drill difficult w o r d s and
4 Write any combination of numbers, e.g. 5, 37, • For exercise 2, p u t students in n e w pairs a n d tell
99, etc. Students write the n u m b e r s in words in them to practise the conversations.
their notebooks. Write the words on the board • As an e x t e n s i o n , ask c o n f i d e n t pairs t o act out
• Give students a copy of the worksheet. Ask them students can w o r k in groups o f four and each take
conversation.
pairs.
ANSWERS
1 twenty-seven
2 third
3 fifth
4 fifty-nine
5 ten / t h i r t y / fifty / seventy / ninety
6 fifteen
7 five
8 ninth
9 eighty-eight
10 forty-two 137
5 Countries and
Photocopiable p.178
nationalities
6 They aren't at
Photocopiable p.179
home
www.frenglish.ru
Activity type: Word puzzle 2 Activity type: Correcting information then gapped
elicit French. Continue with other countries and somebody in t h e class a n d call t h e m by the wrong
nationalities. Y o u can also reverse t h e process by name. Say: He's Hiroko. Elicit: He isn't Hiroko.
saying the n a m e of a nationality and eliciting the He's Paolo. Continue in the same w a y with other
• Give students a copy of the worksheet. Ask them • Give students a copy of the worksheet. Focus on
to look at the word snake. Explain that there are the first picture. It's Room 5.
Say: Elicit the
the names of 14 countries hidden in t h e snake. response It isn't Room 5. It's Room 7. Continue in
• Ask a s t u d e n t t o read o u t the n a m e of t h e first the same way with the remaining pictures. Make
circled c o u n t r y : Argentina and point out that it sure students know the vocabulary they need to
table. T h e n ask students t o find t h e next country in finished, ask students to correct the wrong
the word snake. Elicit: China and ask t h e m t o write information on their sheets. While they are
it next t o t h e country in n u m b e r 2. Remind students working, circulate to help with any problems.
t h a t countries start with a capital letter. • Check the answers by asking individual students to
• Students continue working individually to find the read o u t their sentences. Write them on the board.
Circulate to help with spelling and to make sure from your desk, e . g . a b o o k . Ask: Is this a book?
students are writing t h e countries in t h e correct Elicit: Yes, it is. Point to a student and ask about
• When they have finished, check the answers by French? Elicit: No, he isn't. C o n t i n u e in t h e same
of the country, e.g. Say: Number 1 and elicit • Ask students to complete the questions and
example Argentinian. Say: China. Ask: What's the • P u t s t u d e n t s in pairs t o practise the conversations.
nationality? Chinese.
Elicit t h e answer Ask students • As an extension, ask students t o make up more
t o write t h e rest of t h e nationalities under the conversations a b o u t objects and students in the
with spelling.
ANSWERS
• Check the answers by calling out each country and
Exercise 1
eliciting the nationality. Drill t h e pronunciation if 1 I t isn't Room 5. It's Room 7 .
necessary, e s p e c i a l l y w h e r e t h e r e is a c h a n g e in 2 She isn't a film star. She's a singer.
1 Aim: To practise giving a n d asking for personal 1 Aim: To practise talking a b o u t days and times
4 Instructions: 4 Instructions:
• Make one copy of the worksheet for every two • Make one copy of the worksheet for each student.
students. Cut t h e w o r k s h e e t s in half. • Spend a few minutes practising days and times.
• Put students into male/female pairs where Say Monday. Elicit t h e rest of t h e days o f t h e week
possible. The male students should take the role in order f r o m t h e students. Draw clock faces on the
Student A. Hand out the corresponding half of the half past eight, three o'clock, quarter to nine, etc.
following words on the board: is/name?/ • Give students a copy of the worksheet. Focus on
What/your; your/ Jose?/name/Is; old /you? / How/ the first picture. Elicit t h e man's question. What's
are; you / Are/29? Ask students to tell y o u the the time? Elicit the w o m a n ' s It's ten past
answer.
correct order for the words. Make up more w h - and seven. Focus on the conversations Which
a n d ask
• Ask students to look at the blank application forms students to write the letter d in t h e box.
Ask: What's the question? Elicit: What's your title? exercise. While t h e y are w o r k i n g , circulate to help
Answers below). Drill t h e questions w i t h t h e whole the task with a confident student. Ask: What's
class if necessary. the time? and elicit It's half past three. With a
interviewing a new student. First, S t u d e n t A looks at practise the conversations. Circulate to help with
her information and answers Student B's questions. pronunciation. Drill difficult words and lines as a
1 Aim: To practise everyday life vocabulary 1 Aim: To practise present simple positive and negative
4 Instructions: 4 Instructions:
• Make one copy of the worksheet for every two • Make one copy of the worksheet for each student.
• Show a worksheet to the students. Ask What's this? students to look at the pictures and the speech
and elicit A crossword. bubbles on the left. Point t o t h e first picture and
• Put students in A / B pairs. Assign t h e role o f A the verb work. Ask a confident student to read the
• Draw an arrow pointing d o w n and an arrow bubbles. Remind them to use t h e first person I or
pointing across on t h e board and elicit the W e form and not to focus on the sentences on the
directions down and across. Ask an A student to right at this stage. Remind them to use a negative
look at their first clue a n d ask What's 1 down? verb f o r m in sentences t h a t h a v e a cross through
Elicit t h e answer dinner. Ask another student to them: 3, 6, a n d 7. Circulate to help students with
spell the word and write it on the board. Then ask vocabulary and spelling.
student t o spell the word and write it on the sentences on the right. Ask a different student to
137
11 My day
Photocopiable p.184 12 That's funny
Photocopiable p.185
www.frenglish.ru
1 Aim: To practise writing a b o u t a person's everyday life 1 Aim: To practise responding to t h i n g s people say
4 Instructions: 4 Instructions:
• Make one copy of the worksheet for every two • Make one copy of the worksheet for each student.
students. Cut t h e worksheets in half and give one • Give students a copy of the worksheet. Focus on
sheet to each student. the first picture. Establish the context. Ask: Where
• Ask students to look at the information in the are the people? and elicit In
chart. Hold up a spare worksheet and point to a cafe.
the photo.Ask: What's her name? Elicit: Megan • Ask two confident students to read t h e first
McGuire. Ask: Where's she from? Elicit: Edinburgh. conversation aloud. When they get to the gap,
With weaker students, continue asking questions elicit t h e missing word know from the words in the
a b o u t t h e rest o f t h e information. box. With a w e a k e r class, repeat this procedure
• Ask students to read t h e first sentence and elicit with the other pictures before they complete the
the missing words Megan McGuire. Students then gaps. Otherwise, p u t students in pairs a n d ask
continue to complete the gapped text on their them to complete the worksheet.
own, using the information given. Circulate to help • When they have finished, check the answers by
with any problems. asking four confident students to take parts and
• When all t h e s t u d e n t s have finished, check the read o u t t h e different parts of t h e conversations.
answers by asking confident students to read out Drill difficult w o r d s a n d lines as a class if
Who's that?
1 Megan McGuire
2 Edinburgh asking Elicit t h e characters' names. Then
3 bookshop Where's Tim? He's
ask questions a b o u t t h e story, e.g.
4 by bus
at the sports centre. Who fancies Anna? Tim. Where's
5 nine o'clock / 9 a . m .
Anna now? She's at the sports centre. Why is she at
the sports centre? Because she fancies Tim.
6 seven o'clock / 7 a . m .
7 eight o'clock / 8 a . m .
8 five o'clock / 5 p . m . • For exercise 2, put students into groups of four
9 go home
and assign each student a character from the story.
10 have dinner
Tell t h e m to practise the conversations. Circulate
11 like books
12 earn a lot o f money to help with pronunciation and intonation. Be
13 long j o u r n e y prepared t o drill difficult words a n d lines again
14 go t o work
if necessary. Ask confident groups to act out the
15 go shopping
conversations to the class.
16 friends
ANSWERS
1 know
2 right
3 funny
4 Really
5 Really
137
13 Free-time
Photocopiable p.186
activities
14 W h a t d o y o u d o i n y o u www.frenglish.ru
Photocopiable p.187
r free time?
1 Aim: To practise the vocabulary of free-time activities 1 Aim: To practise present simple questions
2 Activity t y p e : Writing sentences a b o u t pictures then 2 Activity type: Writing questions then a survey
guessing game
3 Time: 15 minutes
3 Time: 15 minutes
4 Instructions:
4 Instructions: • Make one copy of the worksheet for each student.
• Make one copy of the worksheet for each student. • Give students a copy of the worksheet. Explain that
• Give students a copy of the worksheet. Ask them i t is a s u r v e y w i t h different questions on music,
to look at picture 1 and the example sentence. sport, TV, etc. Tell students t h a t t h e y have to write
Explain that students need to use a verb from box the questions.
A and a noun from box B, and write sentences • Ask students t o look at t h e first set of cues and
about the people. Tell s t u d e n t s t o cross o u t t h e read o u t t h e e x a m p l e question Do you like music?
piano in box B. Ask t h e m t o look at the second set of cues and
• Students write the sentences for the remaining elicit t h e second question What kind of music do
pictures. Remind students to use t h e verbs and you listen to?
n o u n s in t h e boxes. T h e n o u n s are o n l y used once. • Ask students to continue writing out the questions.
• Check the answers by calling out the picture Circulate to help with problems of question
numbers and asking different students to give you formation and w o r d order. Check t h e answers with
• For exercise 2, tell students to cover the words • For exercise 2, p u t students in pairs. Ask different
and sentences 1-14. Demonstrate the activity. Say: students t h e first question in t h e survey D o y o u
I play table tennis. Who am I? Elicit: Picture 14. like music? Elicit: Yes, I do. No, I don't. or Then
Put students in pairs a n d ask t h e m to take it in ask What kind of music do you listen to? Elicit the
ANSWERS
1 Do y o u like music?
2 W h a t kind o f music do y o u listen to?
3 Do y o u play sport?
4 W h a t sports do y o u play?
5 Do y o u watch TV?
6 When do y o u watch TV?
7 Do y o u like books and magazines?
8 W h a t books and magazines do y o u read?
9 Do y o u meet y o u r friends at t h e weekend?
10 Where do y o u go?
137
15 What do people
Photocopiable p.188
like?
16 Two coffees,
Photocopiable p.189
please www.frenglish.ru
1 Aim: To practise talking about likes a n d dislikes 1 Aim: To practise ordering food and drink
4 Instructions: 4 Instructions:
• Make one copy of the worksheet for every two • Make one copy of the worksheet for each student.
• Elicit t h e first question in t h e questionnaire • Give students a copy of the worksheet. Ask them
Do you like cooking? Ask different students the to look at the menu. Say different items and elicit
same question and elicit Yes, I do. or No, I don't. t h e prices, e.g. One cappuccino to drink here.
Say:
Tell t h e class t o tick e i t h e r Y e s or N o under the Elicit: £2.70. One tea to take out
Say: and elicit
heading M E . W i t h w e a k e r classes, briefly review £1.60. Say: One lemonade to drink here and one
t h e v o c a b u l a r y in all t h e q u e s t i o n s t o check cake. Elicit: £3.10, etc.
understanding. Y o u can ask students to mime or • Put students in pairs. Ask t h e m t o read the
• Students work individually to complete the prices. Circulate t o help with pronunciation.
questionnaire, looking at the questions and ticking • Check the answers by asking different pairs of
either Y e s or N o . Circulate to h e l p as necessary. confident students to read o u t their conversations
Demonstrate with a small group of confident • For exercise 2, ask students t o make up their own
students. Ask them t o s t a n d in a g r o u p near you. conversations about different items on the menu.
Ask the first question Do you like cooking? and Demonstrate the task with a confident student,
in THE CLASS column. Ask students to stand up You One orange juice, please.
a n d w a l k r o u n d t h e class a s k i n g people if they Student To drink here or take out?
like t h e t h i n g s o n t h e list. R e m i n d t h e m t o write You To take out, please.
the name of a person who likes an a c t i v i t y in T H E Student Would you like anything else? etc.
CLASS column. Give students about five minutes to • Ask confident students to act out their
complete this activity. conversations to the class.
• Ask confident students to report back to the class.
ANSWERS
Ask different questions to ensure that students
137
17 Family members
Photocopiable p. 190 18 M a x has g o t a car
Photocopiable p. 191
www.frenglish.ru
sentences
3 Time: 15 minutes
3 Time: 15 minutes
4 Instructions:
4 Instructions: • Make one copy of the worksheet for each student.
• Make one copy of the worksheet for every two • Give students a copy of the worksheet. Ask them
students. Cut t h e w o r k s h e e t s in half. to look at the pictures. Point to the young man
• Put students into A / B pairs. Assign t h e role o f A in the middle and say This is Max. Then point to
or B to each student. Hand out the corresponding t h e picture o f t h e car a n d elicit M a x h a s g o t a car.
half of the worksheet. Explain that the students Then point to the picture of the t w o boys and
each have half of Isabel's family tree. Ask students shake your head. Elicit: He hasn't got any children.
to find Isabel on the family tree. Briefly review t h e use of a n y in n e g a t i v e sentences
Elicit: Sally. Ask: How do you spell that? Elicit: in the same w a y eliciting sentences about Max's
S-A-L-L-Y. Tell t h e B students to write the name in possessions using the words in the box.
the correct place on the tree. Choose a • Ask students to write sentences about w h a t Max
B student. Ask: Who's Isabel's father? Elicit: has and hasn't got. Circulate to help, checking
James. Ask: How do you spell that? Elicit: students are using t h e correct v e r b forms.
J-A-M-E-S. Tell t h e A students to write the name in • Check the answers by saying each word in the box
the correct place on the tree. Elicit t h e question to in t u r n and eliciting a response, e.g. Say: brother.
talk about more than one person, e.g. W h o are Elicit: He hasn't got a brother.
Isabel's uncles? • Tell s t u d e n t s t o cover t h e i r s e n t e n c e s . A s k : H a s
• Ask students to complete the family tree by asking Max got a sister? Elicit: Yes, he has. Have Then ask
their partners about the people on their lists. Max and his sister got dark hair? Elicit: Yes, they
Circulate to help with pronunciation and any other have.
problems. • For exercise 2, put students in pairs. Ask t h e m to
• Check the answers by asking different questions ask a n d answer questions a b o u t Max and his sister.
to A and B students, e.g. ask an A student W h o With w e a k e r classes, write s o m e cues on the board,
are Isabel's uncles? Ask a B student Who's Isabel's e.g. Max / short hair?, his sister / a dog?, they /
brother?, etc. mobile phone?, etc.
• Ask students to look at the sentences in exercise
ANSWERS
2. Elicit t h e missing w o r d in t h e first sentence
niece.
1 Max has g o t a car.
Students continue using their family trees 2 He hasn't got any children.
to complete the sentences. Check the answers with 3 He's g o t a sister.
ANSWERS
Exercise 1
John = Margaret
Sally = James
f>
Sam A t
Jack Isabel Harry
Exercise 2
1 niece
2 husband
3 grandfather
4 uncle
5 cousin
6 grandmother
137
19 Michelle Green's
Photocopiable p.192
family
20 Why don't we go for a
Photocopiable p.193
www.frenglish.ru
meal?
1 Aim: To practise writing about a family 1 Aim: To practise making and responding to
4 Instructions: 4 Instructions:
• Make one copy of the worksheet for each student. • Make one copy of the worksheet for each student.
• Give students a copy of the worksheet. Ask them • Give students a copy of the worksheet. Choose two
to read t h e interview. T h e n ask questions to check confident students to be Tim and Sue. Ask them
this? Elicit: It's Michelle Green. Ask: Has she got get to t h e first gap, elicit t h e missing word from
any sisters? Elicit: No, she hasn't, etc. the box - W h y . Tell t h e class t o w r i t e it in the
text. Elicit t h e a n s w e r t o number 2 - London. • Ask questions to check comprehension, e.g. Ask:
• Ask students to work individually to complete Does Tim fancy Sue? Elicit: Yes, he does. Ask: What
the text, transferring the information from the does he want to do? Elicit: Go out with Sue/Go for
interview. P u t students in pairs t o check their a drink.
answers. • P u t students in pairs and ask t h e m t o complete
students to read o u t a section at a time of the • Check the answers by asking pairs o f students to
• As an extension, ask students in their pairs to • For exercise 2, ask students t o practise the
interview each other using t h e questions in the conversations in their pairs. Drill difficult words
interview. Students can then write three or four and lines as a class i f necessary.
sentences a b o u t their partner's family. • When students feel confident, tell t h e m to practise
Conversation 1: go
1 Michelle Green
2 London that they need to change:
3 Oxford for a drink; Conversation 2: go to the cinema;
4 parents Conversation 3: go for a meal, have a pizza, have
5 four or five
a Chinese meal. Give them go to
some ideas, e.g.
6
7
children
brother a restaurant, have an Italian meal, go to the pub,
8 Toby have a hamburger, play tennis, etc.
9 24
• Ask confident students to act out their new
10 single
conversations to the class.
11 Spain
12 emails
ANSWERS
1 Why
2 don't
3 Thanks
4 we
5 Yes
6 Let's
7 about
8 idea
137
21 Places in a t o w n
Photocopiable p. 194 22 There are t w o
Photocopiable p. 195
cafes www.frenglish.ru
4 Instructions: 4 Instructions:
• Make one copy of the worksheet for each student. • Make one copy of the worksheet for every two
• Give students a copy of the worksheet. Write the students. Cut the worksheets in half.
letter s on the board. Ask students to look at the • Put students into A / B pairs. A s s i g n t h e role o f A
picture. Number 1
Say: and elicit station. Ask: or B t o each s t u d e n t . Hand out the corresponding
How do you spell 'station'? Elicit t h e letters and half of the worksheet.
complete the word you have started on the board. • Explain that students A and B each have different
• P u t students in pairs. Ask t h e m to identify and pictures of a t o w n . Ask students to look at their
write the names of places, using t h e first letters pictures and the example sentences. Ask an A and
given to help t h e m . Circulate t o help with spelling. a B student to read o u t the examples. With weaker
• When students have finished, check the answers by classes, There's, There are,
briefly review the use of
asking them to say t h e words and spell them. There isn't, and There aren't any.
• Tell students t o cover the words. Say: Number 8 • Tell s t u d e n t s to c o m p l e t e t h e g a p p e d s e n t e n c e s for
and elicit street. Say: Number 12 and elicit post their picture using There's, There are, There isn't,
office, etc. Tell students in their pairs t o take it in or There aren't any. Circulate to help and check
turns t o ask a b o u t a n d identify t h e places in the students are using t h e correct forms.
their sentences.
ANSWERS
• For exercise 2, focus attention on the places in
1 station
2 park the boxes and the example sentences. Ask an A
3 public toilets student Is there a hospital? No, there
and elicit
4 car park
isn't. hospital
Point o u t t h e cross in t h e box to the
5 bus stop
B students. Is there a pedestrian
Ask a B student
necessary.
Student B
1 There's
2 There aren't any
3 There are
4 There's
5 There isn't
6 There aren't any
7 There are
8 There isn't
137
23 There's a hotel on George
Photocopiable p.196
Street
24 H o w d o I g e t t o t h e p o l www.frenglish.ru
Photocopiable p.197
ice station?
1 Aim: To practise describing a town 1 Aim: To practise asking for and giving directions
4 Instructions: 4 Instructions:
• Make one copy of the worksheet for each student. • Make one copy of the worksheet for each student.
• Give students a copy of the worksheet. Focus on • Give students a copy of the worksheet. Ask
the map. Ask different students questions, e.g. different students to describe the shops and
Where's the bookshop? Elicit: It's on Green Street. places t h e y can see on t h e map. Elicit sentences,
It's between the chemist's and the police station. e.g. There's a bank. There's a supermarket. The
Ask a b o u t o t h e r places on t h e m a p in t h e same supermarket is opposite the hairdresser's, etc.
way. • Ask t w o students to read o u t t h e first gapped
• P u t students in pairs a n d ask t h e m t o answer the conversation. Tell s t u d e n t s t h e y can find the
questions in exercise 1 . Check the answers by missing words in t h e b o x . Elicit t h e words get,
asking individual students. traffic lights, and on. Tell t h e class t o cross o u t the
answer to t h e first gap George Street. With a • P u t students in pairs a n d ask t h e m to complete
text. Otherwise, ask t h e students t o complete answers by asking students to read o u t their
the text individually. Circulate to help with any completed conversations. Drill difficult w o r d s and
problems. lines as a class i f necessary.
137
25 Furniture and parts of a
Photocopiable p.198
house
26 Are they drinking
Photocopiable p.199
c o f f www.frenglish.ru
ee?
1 Aim: To practise the vocabulary of furniture and 1 Aim: To practise t h e present continuous
parrts of a house
2 Activity type: Correcting information then finding
4 Instructions: 4 Instructions:
• Make one copy of the worksheet for each student. • Make one copy of the worksheet for every two
• Give students a copy of the worksheet. Ask them half of the worksheet.
to match the parts of the house with the words • Ask s t u d e n t s t o look a t their pictures. Tell them
given. Check the answers by miming an activity to cover the example sentence. Look at the Say:
and asking students to tell you name of the room, cafe. The men are drinking cola. They aren't Elicit:
e.g. m i m e sleeping and elicit bedroom. drinking cola. They're drinking coffee.
• For exercise 2, p u t students in pairs a n d ask them • Explain that students A and B both have sentences
to match the names of the furniture with the t h a t are false. Ask s t u d e n t s t o rewrite them,
numbered i t e m s in t h e picture. Check the answers working individually. Circulate to help and check
b y caLLing o u t t h e n u m b e r s and eliciting the names t h a t s t u d e n t s are using t h e correct v e r b forms.
of the furniture. • For exercise 2, explain t h a t there are three
• Explain that you are g o i n g t o read o u t some differences between Student A and Student
sentences and that you want the students to draw B's p i c t u r e s . Tell s t u d e n t s t o a s k a n d answer
the missing items on the picture. Read out each q u e s t i o n s in t h e i r pairs t o f i n d o u t t h e differences.
2 The cat is behind the sofa. sitting in the cafe? Elicit: Yes, they are. Ask: Are
3 The keys are on the washing machine. they drinking coffee? Elicit: Yes, they are.
4 The sugar is in the cupboard. • S t u d e n t s ask a n d a n s w e r in pairs t o f i n d the
5 The book is next to the bath. differences. Circulate to help with pronunciation.
students t o c o m p a r e their drawings in pairs. • Ask confident students to report back, e.g. an A
I f t h e r e are a n y differences, hold up a spare student might say In my picture, there's a man sitting
worksheet and point to the correct position for on the grass. He's reading a newspaper. In Chiara's
each item. picture, the man is talking on his mobile phone.
• To give further practice with prepositions, set up a
are on the table. Say: jeans. Elicit: The jeans are Exercise 1
Student A
o n t h e b e d . Tell students t o c o n t i n u e talking about 1 The men aren't drinking cola. They're drinking coffee.
items in t h e picture in the same way. 2 The w o m a n isn't eating a sandwich. She's eating a p i z z a .
3 The boys aren't talking. They're playing f o o t b a l l .
ANSWERS 4 The man and the w o m a n aren't having a rest. They're playing
Exercise 1 tennis.
kitchen C 5 The w o m a n isn't sitting. She's r u n n i n g .
bathroom B 6 The man isn't reading a b o o k . He's reading a newspaper.
hall E Student B
living room D 1 The men aren't drinking cola. They're drinking coffee.
bedroom A 2 The w o m a n isn't eating a sandwich. She's eating a p i z z a .
Exercise 2 3 The boys aren't talking. They're playing basketball.
1 curtains 8 dishwasher 4 The man and t h e w o m a n aren't playing t e n n i s . They're t a l k i n g .
2 wardrobe 9 cooker 5 The w o m a n isn't having a rest. She's r u n n i n g .
3 washbasin 10 washing machine 6 The man isn't reading a newspaper. He's talking on his mobile
4 fridge 11 sofa phone.
5 microwave 12 carpet Exercise 2
6 cupboard 13 armchair The three differences are:
7 sink 14 mirror • I n S t u d e n t A's picture t h e man on the grass is reading a
newspaper. I n Student B's picture he's talking on his mobile phone.
• I n S t u d e n t A's picture t h e man and t h e w o m a n on the tennis
courts are playing t e n n i s . I n S t u d e n t B's picture they're t a l k i n g .
• I n S t u d e n t A's picture t h e three boys are playing f o o t b a l l .
I n S t u d e n t B's picture they're playing basketball.
137
27 There's a mirror on the
Photocopiable p.200
wall
28 Would you like s o m e
Photocopiable p.201
www.frenglish.ru
help?
1 Aim: To practise writing a b o u t a room 1 Aim: To practise making offers and accepting help
then dictation
3 Time: 15 minutes
and with spelling and vocabulary. Remind them to • Ask students to change partners and practise the
cross o u t t h e w o r d s in t h e description that aren't conversation. Ask confident students to act out
relevant, e.g. there's/there are a big mirror. the conversation to the class.
• W h e n t h e class has f i n i s h e d , collect the worksheets,
ANSWERS
read o u t s o m e of t h e c o m p l e t e d texts and ask
Mike Hello, Sue. Where are y o u doing?
students to guess whose ideal rooms they are. Sue I'm decorating my f l a t .
Mike Would y o u like some help?
SAMPLE ANSWER Sue T h a t would be great.
I n my partner's ideal room, there's a bed, a sofa, a big wardrobe, and Mike W h a t are y o u doing first?
a desk. The walls are yellow, the curtains are blue, and the f l o o r / Sue I'm m o v i n g t h e furniture.
carpet is white. O n t h e walls t h e r e ' s / t h e r e are a big mirror and Mike L e t me give you hand.
there are some nice pictures. O n t h e d e s k / t a b t e t h e r e ' s / t h e r e are an Sue Thanks a lot.
expensive computer. In t h e w a r d r o b e / c u p b o a r d t h e r e ' s / t h e r e are a
Mike W h a t colour are y o u painting t h e walls?
lot of clothes. T h e r e ' s / T h e r e are also an expensive stereo in
Sue Pink and yellow.
the room, a TV, and a lot of books.
Mike Really? Very nice . . .
137
29 What's the
Photocopiable p.202
date?
30 T h e y can play
Photocopiable p.203
rugby www.frenglish.ru
1 Aim: To practise months and dates 1 Aim: To practise can/can't to talk about abilities
2 Activity type: Writing dates then gapped sentences 2 Activity type: Writing sentences then mingle
4 Instructions: 4 Instructions:
• Make one copy of the worksheet for each student. • Make one copy of the worksheet for each student.
• Write the following information on the board: • Give students a copy of the worksheet. Ask
Point to 14 and elicit t h e date 14th. Write: • Students work individually to write sentences
January 14th under the calendar. Now draw a big a b o u t t h e rest of t h e pictures. Circulate to help
way to say the date - the fourteenth of January. • Check the answers by asking students to read out
Write this in t h e speech bubble. their answers.
• Give students a copy of the worksheet. Put • Ask a student Can you speak Italian? Elicit: Yes,
students in pairs a n d ask t h e m t o w o r k together I can./No, I can't. Drill t h e p r o n u n c i a t i o n of can
to write the dates on the worksheets. Explain that in t h e questions a n d short answers. Make sure
they n e e d t o w r i t e t h e d a t e s in t w o different ways students can distinguish the pronunciation of c a n
- w h a t w e write a n d w h a t w e say. Circulate t o help and can't in the short answers.
with any problems. • Students then stand up and mingle, asking and
• Check the answers but asking different students a n s w e r i n g questions a b o u t t h e activities in the
to tell you the dates. Write them on the board so pictures. Tell students t o write d o w n the names of
t h a t t h e y can check their spelling. who can do each activity. Set a time limit of about
read out their sentences. who can do what. Ask different questions in
3
t h e t w e n t y - t h i r d o f December
3 1 s t March
use a computer, but Pavel can't, etc.
the 3 1 s t o f March ANSWERS
4 22nd October 1 They can play rugby.
t h e t w e n t y - s e c o n d o f October 2 He can't change a wheel on a car.
5 3rd A u g u s t 3 She can speak Italian.
the third o f A u g u s t 4 He can use a computer.
6 18th November 5 She can't play t h e piano.
the eighteenth o f N o v e m b e r 6 They can't swim.
7 3rd J u l y 7 He can make a cake.
the third o f J u l y 8 They can do j u d o .
8 1 6 t h February 9 They can drive.
the sixteenth o f February 10 He can't use a digital camera.
137
31 Making an
Photocopiable p.204
appointment
32 Can I use y o u r pen,
Photocopiable p.205
p l e awww.frenglish.ru
se?
with pictures
3 Time: 15-20 minutes
at a conference
Exercise 1
1 Could
• Tell students t h e y are g o i n g t o make more 2 are
ANSWERS
1 Mr Brown's office.
2 Can I make an a p p o i n t m e n t with Mr Brown, please?
3 I can't make t h a t .
4 at a conference
5 Yes, that's fine.
6 Thank you.
137
33 He's a chef
Photocopiable p.206 34 They drive buses in
Photocopiable p.207
L o nwww.frenglish.ru
don
1 Aim: To practise identifying and talking about jobs 1 Aim: To practise t h e present simple and present
continuous
2 Activity type: Labelling then choosing the correct
gap
3 Time: 15 minutes
137
35 I enjoy my
Photocopiable p.208
job
36 A r e y o u w o r r i e d a b o u t y www.frenglish.ru
Photocopiable p.209
our new job?
2 Activity type: Answering questions about a text 2 Activity type: Gapped conversation
4 Instructions: 4 Instructions:
• Make one copy of the worksheet for each student. • Make one copy of the worksheet for every two
• Give students a copy of the worksheet. Focus on students. Cut t h e w o r k s h e e t s in half and give one
is from? What do you think his job is? • Ask students to look at the photo. Ask: W h o are
• Ask confident students to read o u t sections of the the people? Elicit: They're boyfriend and girlfriend.
text while the others follow. Elicit answers t o the Ask two confident students to start reading the
pre-reading questions at the end of paragraph 1 conversation. When they get to the first gap,
• Ask students to look at t h e first question. Elicit line in order t o find a clue t o t h e missing line.
the answer His name's Carlos. P u t students in pairs. Then ask students t o find the missing sentence
They answer the questions together. Explain that in the box. Elicit: Are you worried about your new
they should use full sentences in their answers. job? Ask students which w o r d in t h e f o u r t h line
Circulate to help with accuracy. gave them a clue. Elicit t h e word worried.
• When students have finished, ask individual • P u t students in pairs a n d tell t h e m to read the
students to read out their answers. conversation aloud together and identify the
• As an extension, ask students to test each other's missing sentences in the box. Explain that there
m e m o r y a b o u t Carlos. Demonstrate the activity are t w o sentences that they don't need to use.
with a confident student. Say: Carlos is Italian. • When they have finished, ask t w o confident
Elicit: False. He's Spanish. Put students in different students to read o u t their conversation t o check
137
37 Places to go and
Photocopiable p.210
events
38 Were they at the
Photocopiable p.211
t h e a www.frenglish.ru
tre?
1 Aim: To practise talking a b o u t places t o go and 1 Aim: To practise using t h e past simple of t o b e
events
2 Activity type: Gapped sentences then memory game
3 Time: 15 minutes
4 Instructions:
4 Instructions: • Make one copy of the worksheet for each student.
• Make one copy of the worksheet for each student. • Ask a student (Juan), were you at home yesterday?
• Give students a copy of the worksheet. Call o u t the Elicit: Yes, I was./No, I wasn't. I was (at
pictures in r a n d o m order and elicit t h e names of school). Was (Juan) at home
Ask another student.
beach. Say: Picture 2 and elicit an art gallery, etc. was (at school). Ask two (Marta and Jan),
students
Make sure students use a and t h e appropriately were you at the theatre on (Wednesday)? Elicit:
- as t h e y a p p e a r in lesson 3 7 of the Student's No, we weren't. We were (at school). Ask another
• Before students do exercise 2, write the following • Give students a copy of the worksheet. Ask them
question stems on the board: to look at the pictures. Elicit t h e first missing word
• Ask different students complete questions, e.g. the gapped sentences together. Circulate to help
a football match? Do you like shopping centres? • When students have finished, check the answers by
• Put students in pairs a n d tell t h e m t o ask and asking different students to read out the questions
• When they have finished, ask students to report • Before students do exercise 2, demonstrate the
back about their partner, e.g.Nicole likes going to activity with a confident student. Ask h i m / h e r to
concerts. We don't like theme parks, etc. cover the pictures and sentences. Say: Picture 4.
and elicit where t h a t person was: S h e w a s at t h e
ANSWERS
1 the t h e a t r e / a play
shopping centre.
2 an art gallery
ANSWERS
3 a f o o t b a l l match
1 Were / weren't / were
4 the beach
2 Was / wasn't / was
5 a show
3 Were / weren't / were
6 a shopping centre
4 Were / wasn't / was
7 the zoo
5 Was / wasn't / was
8 a club / a disco
6 Were / wasn't / was
9 t h e cinema / a film
10 a music festival
11 a t h e m e park
12 a concert
137
39 The staff were
Photocopiable p.212
friendly
40 Let's m e e t at six
Photocopiable p.213
o ' c l o c kwww.frenglish.ru
1 Aim: To practise saying how good something was 1 Aim: To practise making arrangements
4 Instructions: 4 Instructions:
• Make one copy of the worksheet for each student. • Make one copy of the worksheet for every two
• Give students a copy of the worksheet. Ask students. Cut t h e w o r k s h e e t s in half and give one
students to look at the photo. Ask: Where is it? sheet to each student.
Elicit: A sports centre. Explain that students should • Ask students to look at the photos. Ask: W h o are
imagine they were at the sports centre for the they? Elicit: Two friends. Ask students to look at
day and to imagine their answers to complete conversation 1 and elicit t h e order of words in the
the questionnaire. Read through the questions first gap: I can't make this evening.
t o g e t h e r a n d eLicit ideas for q u e s t i o n 8, e.g. I t w a s • Put students in pairs. Ask t h e m t o continue
noisy. / The classes were expensive. / The swimming reordering t h e words in conversations 1 and 2.
pool and the sauna were small, etc. • Check the answers by asking confident students to
questionnaire. Circulate to help with any problems. • Ask students to practise the conversations in pairs.
• When they have finished, go through the questions Circulate to help with pronunciation. Drill difficult
with a confident student. ELicit full answers. For words and l i n e s as a class i f necessary.
June/on the 15th of June. Who were you with? I following information in t h e conversations:
ANSWERS
1 I can't make this e v e n i n g .
2 I'm not doing a n y t h i n g t o m o r r o w .
3 Shall we go o u t on Friday?
4 W h a t a b o u t Saturday?
5 Let's meet at 7 . 3 0 at my place.
137
41 School
Photocopiable
subjects
p.214 42 He didn't have
Photocopiable p.215
lunch www.frenglish.ru
1 Aim: To practise talking a b o u t school subjects 1 Aim: To practise using t h e past simple
2 Activity type: Labelling pictures t h e n group work 2 Activity type: Picture story
4 Instructions: 4 Instructions:
• Make one copy of the worksheet for each student. • Make one copy of the worksheet for each student.
• Give students a copy of the worksheet. Ask • Give students a copy of the worksheet. Ask them
students to look at the pictures. Call o u t the to look at pictures 1 and 2 and the cues. Ask
the names of the subjects, e.g. say Picture 3 and sentences 1 and 2.
• Students work individually to write the names of t o g e t h e r t o write s e n t e n c e s for t h e rest o f the
the school subjects. Check the answers with the story. Remind them that the past simple form is
• Write the word A r t on the board. Ask a student • Check the answers by asking different students to
Were you good at Art? Elicit: Yes, I was./No, I read o u t their sentences.
wasn't. Yes,
I f t h e student says draw a smiley face • For exercise 2, ask students t o cover the
next to the word A r t on the board. If the student sentences. Tell t h e m to retell t h e story in pairs,
says N o , draw a sad face. just using the pictures and the cues.
with pronunciation. Drill t h e words s t u d e n t s have 9 Jack stopped work at eight o'clock.
10 Jack's colleagues ate in a restaurant.
problems with as necessary.
11 Jack w e n t home.
• Ask confident students to report back about 12 He cooked dinner.
members of their groups. For example, J a n w a s
137
43 School
Photocopiable p.216
life
44 No more
Photocopiable p.217
sandwiches!
www.frenglish.ru
2 Activity type: Questionnaire then guided writing 2 Activity t y p e : Choosing the correct words
4 Instructions: 4 Instructions:
• Make one copy of the worksheet for each student. • Make one copy of the worksheet for each student.
• BriefLy review t h e school subjects from Lesson • Give students a copy of the worksheet. Ask them
41 of the Student's Book. Then ask different to look at picture 1. Ask Where do they work? and
students What was the name of your first school? elicit In a cafe. Then ask t w o confident students
Elicit their answers. What did you do
Then ask to start reading the conversation. Tell t h e m they
on your first day? I played.
Elicit answers, e.g. / I need to choose the correct word. Elicit done as the
cried. /I went home. Write ideas on the board. answer for number 1. Point to the young woman in
Then Did you like school?
ask Elicit answers such the picture. Ask: Who's this? Elicit: Hannah. Point
as No, it was boring /hard/horrible. Yes, it was to the young Ask: Who's this? Elicit: Paul.
man.
fun /interesting. /I had a lot of friends, etc. Write Then ask Why is Hannah happy? Elicit: She's got a
ideas on the board. new job.
• Give students a copy of the worksheet. Ask • P u t students in pairs. A s k t h e m to choose the
them to complete the questionnaire individually. correct o p t i o n s t o c o m p l e t e t h e rest o f t h e story.
Circulate t o help with ideas and vocabulary. • Check the answers by asking students to read out
• When they have finished, tell students to swap the conversations.
their completed questionnaires with a partner. • Check comprehension by asking more questions,
Write t h e first line of t h e g u i d e d w r i t i n g on the e.g. Is Paul happy? No, he isn't. Why?
Picture 1:
board went to Write He likes Hannah, but she's got a new job.
the n a m e of one of y o u r students in the first gap. Picture What is Hannah doing? She's making
2:
Ask that student's partner What was the name of sandwiches. What is Hannah doing? She's
Picture 3:
(Yoshi's) first school? Elicit t h e n a m e and write doing the washing-up. Where's Hannah's
Picture 4:
it in t h e second g a p . Tell students t o use the new job? In a restaurant. Who's this?
Picture 5:
information a b o u t their partners in t h e same way (point to Mrs Green) It's Mrs Green. What Picture 6:
to complete the text. Remind them to cross out is Hannah doing? She's making sandwiches. Is she
t h e words in t h e descriptions t h a t aren't relevant, happy? No, she isn't. Why? She wants her old job.
e.g. He/She. • For exercise 2, p u t s t u d e n t s in pairs t o practise
• When they have finished, students swap their the conversations. Ask confident students to act
completed descriptions to check them. Ask out the conversations to the class.
confident students to read out their texts.
ANSWERS
day, h e / s h e cried and then he played with his new friends. He/She 3 on
137
45 Parts of the
Photocopiable p.218
body
46 W h e r e did t h e y go last
Photocopiable p.219
www.frenglish.ru
summer?
1 Aim: To practise t h e vocabulary of parts of the body 1 Aim: To practise past simple questions
2 Activity type: Information gap 2 Activity type: Cued questions then information gap
4 Instructions: 4 Instructions:
• Make one copy of the worksheet for every two • Make one copy of the worksheet for every two
students. Cut the worksheets in half. students. Cut the worksheets in half.
or B to each student. Hand out the corresponding or B to each student. Hand out the corresponding
half of the worksheet. Draw a stick person on half of the worksheet. Write the following cues
the board, write number 1 next to the head and on the board:Where/you/go/last summer?
number 2 next to the neck. Ask an A student you/stay/in a hotel? Elicit t h e full sentences:
What's number 1? and elicit head. Ask: How do you Where did you go last summer? Did you stay in a
spell 'head'? Elicit t h e spelling and write it on the hotel?
board. Ask a B student What's number 2? Elicit: • Ask students to work individually to write complete
neck. Ask: How do you spell 'neck'? Elicit the questions in exercise 1 . Circulate to help with any
spelling and write it on the board. problems with question formation and word order.
• S t u d e n t s w o r k in pairs asking a n d answering • For exercise 2, explain that the A students need
questions in t h e same w a y t o find o u t t h e missing to find out about Eddie and the B students need
parts of t h e b o d y on their worksheets. to find out about Millie. Tell t h e B students to look
• Check the answers by calling out the numbers, at the information they have about Eddie. Ask:
eliciting t h e words and writing t h e m on the board. Where did Eddie go last winter? and elicit He went
• For exercise 2, ask students t o cover t h e words to Italy. Tell t h e A students t o write t h e a n s w e r in
and call o u t several n u m b e r s in r a n d o m order, t h e correct place. N o w tell the A students to look
e.g. Number 6 and elicit arm. at the information they have a b o u t Millie. Ask:
• Students c o n t i n u e in their pairs t o identify the Where did Millie go last summer? Elicit: She went
parts of the b o d y from memory. to Paris. Tell t h e B students to write the answer in
matter (Aleksander)? Elicit: My (head's) sore./My A student would sayEddie went to Italy last year. He
(head) hurts. Students practise making similar went with Ben and Paul. They stayed in a hotel, etc.
conversations in pairs. Ask c o n f i d e n t students to
ANSWERS
act out their conversations to the class.
Student A
1 Where did Eddie go last winter? He w e n t t o Italy.
ANSWERS
2 Who did he go with? He w e n t with Ben and Paul.
1 head
3 Did t h e y stay in a hotel? Yes, t h e y did.
2 ear
4 Did t h e y go skiing? Yes, t h e y did.
3 face
5 W h a t did t h e y do in the evening? T h e y w e n t t o clubs and
4 neck
restaurants.
5 elbow
6 Did he have an accident? Yes, he did.
6 arm
7 H o w did he do that? He fell over on his skis.
7 hand
8 back Student B
9 ankle 1 Where did Millie go last summer? She w e n t t o Paris.
10 hair 2 Who did she go with? She w e n t with S a l l y - A n n .
11 eye 3 Where did t h e y stay? T h e y stayed in t h e H o t e l France.
12 nose 4 W h a t did t h e y do in t h e day? They visited the Eiffel Tower and
13 mouth w e n t t o museums.
14 tooth 5 W h a t did t h e y do in t h e evening? T h e y ate in expensive
15 shoulder restaurants.
16 chest 6 Did Millie have a good time? Yes, she did.
17 finger 7 Why did she have a good time? She met a handsome waiter.
18 stomach
19 leg
20 knee
21 foot
22 toe
137
47 I fell off a chair
Photocopiable p.220 48 H a v e y o u g o t a n y t h i n g www.frenglish.ru
a cough? ~
Photocopiable p.221
for
1 Aim: To practise talking a b o u t an accident 1 Aim: To practise asking for things at a chemist's
2 Activity type: Gapped conversation 2 Activity type: Gapped conversations with picture cues
4 Instructions: 4 Instructions:
• Make one copy of the worksheet for every two • Make one copy of the worksheet for each student.
students. Cut the worksheets in half a n d give one • Give students a copy of the worksheet. With
• Ask students to look at the picture. Point to the problems and treatments shown in t h e pictures.
man. Ask: Who's this? a n d elicit Harry. Ask: Who is • Ask t w o confident students to start reading the
he talking to? Jan. and elicit Ask students to read first conversation. Elicit t h e missing words from
the conversation with the missing sentences in the • P u t students in pairs. A s k t h e m to read the
• Check the answers by asking a confident pair of the missing words. Circulate to help with spelling.
students to read out the completed conversation. • Check the answers by asking pairs t o read o u t their
to act out the conversation to the class. • For exercise 2, p u t students in n e w pairs to
• As an extension, students can role play more practise the conversations. Encourage them to use
conversations. Write the sentences from the box mime and gestures to express the different medical
I fell off a chair/a ladder. /I tripped over the cat. /1 • As an extension, get students to role play other
phoned the doctor/took me to hospital. t h e board first. Ask confident students to act out
137
49 Travel
Photocopiable p.222 50 They're going to go to
Photocopiable p.223
www.frenglish.ru
Paris
1 Aim: To practise travel vocabulary 1 Aim: To practise going to for future plans
2 Activity t y p e : Crossword then categorization 2 Activity type: Correcting information then pairwork
4 Instructions: 4 Instructions:
• Make one copy of the worksheet for each student. • Make one copy of the worksheet for each student.
• Give students a copy of the worksheet. Point to the • Give students a copy of the worksheet. Focus on
• Draw an arrow pointing down and an arrow sentence. Point to the young woman in t h e first
pointing across on t h e board and elicit the picture. Tina's going to go to the beach. Elicit:
Say:
directions down and across. Ask students to look Tina isn't going to go to the beach. She's going to
at t h e picture clues a n d ask What's 1 across? Elicit go shopping. Point to the second picture and say
the answer miss your train. Ask a student to spell Frank and Amy are going to play golf. Elicit: Frank
the missing word and write it on the board. Tell and Amy aren't going to play golf. They're going to
students to write the word miss in t h e crossword. go sailing.
Focus on 2 down and the corresponding picture • P u t students in pairs and ask t h e m t o correct the
clue. Elicit the answer station. information a b o u t the people in the other pictures.
• P u t students in pairs. Ask t h e m t o c o n t i n u e doing • Check the answers by asking students to read out
• Check the answers by asking What's 4 across?, etc • For exercise 2, ask students t o look at picture 1.
• For exercise 2, ask students to look at the table. question and answer. Students continue in pairs,
Say each category in t u r n and elicit a word from asking and answering about the people in the
the crossword, e.g. say objects and elicit ticket, pictures. Drill t h e i n t o n a t i o n with the whole class
• Check the answers by asking different students to by asking Are you going to stay in
questions, e.g.
list t h e w o r d s for e a c h category. bed on Saturday? Elicit: Yes, I am. /No, I'm not.
I'm going to go shopping. Write some cues on
Exercise 2
Objects ticket, passport, suitcase
Transport plane, b o a t , train
Problems miss y o u r train, lose y o u r luggage, forget y o u r passport
Places airport, s t a t i o n , port
Activities go on a business trip, go c a m p i n g , go on a cruise
51 An ideal
Photocopiable p.224
holiday
52 I h o p e e v e r y t h i n g g o e swww.frenglish.ru
Photocopiable p.225
OK
1 Aim: To practise using going to to describe a holiday 1 Aim: To practise talking a b o u t a sad event
2 Activity type: Questionnaire then guided writing 2 Activity type: Reordering words in a conversation
4 Instructions: 4 Instructions:
• Make one copy of the worksheet for each student. • Make one copy of t h e worksheet for every two
• Explain t h a t t h e students are g o i n g t o make plans students. Cut t h e w o r k s h e e t s in half and give one
• Give students a copy of the worksheet. Students grandfather, /your/sorry /!/ was /hear /to/
work individually to complete the questionnaire. about. I was sorry to hear
Elicit the correct order:
Explain that they're going to write about their • Check the answers by asking t w o confident
partner's ideal holiday. W r i t e t h e first line of the students to read o u t the parts o f the conversation.
writing task on the board: For my partner's ideal Drill difficult words a n d lines as a class if
a student a b o u t their partner,Where is e.g. • For exercise 2, p u t students in pairs a n d ask them
• Students complete the task by transferring the grandfather/man /train / a couple of days. Elicit
information from their partner's questionnaire alternatives for these words, grandmother,
e.g.
and crossing o u t t h e words in t h e text t h a t aren't aunt, uncle/plane, boat, taxi /a month, a couple of
relevant, e.g. He/She. Circulate to help with weeks, etc.
grammar and spelling. • Ask students to make m o r e conversations in their
• When students have finished, collect the pairs by c h a n g i n g t h e details t h e y have underlined.
worksheets. Read out some of the texts and W i t h w e a k e r classes, build complete conversations
ask t h e class t o guess whose holiday you are o n t h e b o a r d w i t h t h e w h o l e class first. Ask
to the class.
SAMPLE ANSWER
For my partner's ideal holiday, h e / s h e ' s going t o go t o Egypt. ANSWERS
fte^s/She's going t o leave i n / o n tomorrow. H e % / S h e ' s going to 1 I was sorry t o hear a b o u t y o u r grandfather.
go w i t h her best friend. 2 You must feel very sad.
They're going t o stay in an expensive hotel. First, they're going t o 3 I'm going t o miss him.
visit the Pyramids. T h e n , they're going t o go shopping. After that, 4 I'm going to be away for a couple o f days.
they're going t o go on a boat trip on the Nile. They're going t o come 5 I hope everything goes O K .
home in / o n September.
137
53 Food
Photocopiable p.226 54 S h e e a t s a l o t o f v e g e t awww.frenglish.ru
Photocopiable p.227
bles
1 Aim: To practise food vocabulary 1 Aim: To practise countable and uncountable nouns
2 Activity type: Information gap 2 Activity type: Gapped food diary and questions
4 Instructions: 4 Instructions:
• Make one copy of the worksheet for every two • Make one copy of the worksheet for each student.
students. Cut t h e w o r k s h e e t s in half. • Write the following spaces and words on the
• Put students in A / B pairs. A s s i g n t h e role o f A board: butter, onion,
or B to each student. Hand out the corresponding potato, apples. Elicit
half of the worksheet. Ask an A student What's the missing words: some, an, a; and some.
picture 1? and elicit apples. Ask: How do you spell • Give students a copy of the worksheet. Focus
apples?, elicit t h e spelling a n d write it o n the on the photo of Samantha. Ask: Do you think
board. Tell t h e B students t o write it in t h e correct she looks healthy? Focus on Samantha's food
place on their worksheet. Ask a B student What's diary. Check c o m p r e h e n s i o n of mid-morning/mid-
picture 2? a n d elicit lettuce. Elicit t h e spelling and afternoon snack. Tell students t o decide whether
write it on t h e board. Tell t h e A students to write the words are c o u n t a b l e or u n c o u n t a b l e a n d t o fill
it in t h e correct place on their worksheet. in t h e gaps w i t h a, an, or some.
• S t u d e n t s w o r k in pairs asking a n d answering • Check the answers with the class.
questions in t h e s a m e w a y t o find o u t t h e missing • Write the following words coffee,
on the board:
names of the food. oranges, sandwiches, cheese. coffee Point to
• Check the answers by calling out the numbers, and say How much coffee do you drink? Point to
eliciting the words and writing t h e m on the board. oranges How many oranges
and elicit t h e question
• F o r exercise 2, ask a student Do you like fish? do you eat? sandwiches (how
Do the same with
Elicit: Yes, I do. /No, I don't. S t u d e n t s ask and many) and cheese (how much).
a n s w e r q u e s t i o n s a b o u t t h e i r likes a n d dislikes in • A s k s t u d e n t s t o c o m p l e t e t h e q u e s t i o n s in the
their pairs. conversation in exercise 2. Check the answers by
• W h e n t h e y h a v e finished, ask c o n f i d e n t students to asking t w o confident students to read the parts of
report back a b o u t their partners. Limit them to three the conversation.
t h i n g s t h e i r p a r t n e r likes a n d t h r e e t h i n g s he/she • P u t students in pairs a n d tell t h e m t o ask and
Antonio likes apples, chicken, and
d o e s n ' t like, e . g . answer t h e questions in t h e c o n v e r s a t i o n . Ask
potatoes. He doesn't like lettuce, carrots, or fish. students if they think S a m a n t h a has a good diet.
• A s k a s t u d e n t t h e q u e s t i o n s in t h e c o n v e r s a t i o n in
ANSWERS
1 apples
exercise 2. I don't drink/
Elicit answers t h a t include
Exercise 2
1 H o w much
2 H o w many
3 H o w many
4 H o w much
5 H o w much
6 H o w many
137
55 I usually have toast for
Photocopiable p.228
breakfast
56 Are you ready to
Photocopiable p.229
order?
www.frenglish.ru
1 Aim: To practise describing w h a t a person eats and 1 Aim: To practise ordering a m e a l in a restaurant
• Make one copy of the worksheet for each student. • Give students a copy of the worksheet. Ask them
• Explain that students are g o i n g t o c o m p l e t e a to look at the p h o t o and ask Where are they?
questionnaire about their diet. Briefly review the Elicit: In a restaurant. Ask: What are they doing?
food vocabulary from Lesson 53 of the Student's and elicit They're ordering a meal.
Book. Give students a copy of the worksheet and • Ask s t u d e n t s t o read t h e first line. Elicit t h e first
elicit possible answers to each of the questions in missing word order and tell students to cross out
exercise 1 . t h e w o r d in t h e box.
an answer with the relevant frequency adverb • Check the answers by asking a confident pair
for questions 1, 2, and 3. Circulate to help with to read o u t t h e parts of t h e conversation. Drill
• When they have finished, get students to swap • For exercise 2, p u t students in n e w pairs to
Explain that they're going to write about their • As an extension, ask students to underline the
partner's diet. Write t h e first line o f t h e writing following information in the conversation:
coffee. Complete the sentence on the board and w e a k e r classes, elicit t h e alternative w o r d i n g first
usually often.
cross o u t e i t h e r or and build the conversation w i t h t h e class o n the
information from their partner's questionnaire and • G i v e students t i m e t o role play their new
crossing o u t t h e words t h a t aren't relevant in the conversations. Ask confident students to act out
text, e.g. +te/She and usually/often. Circulate to their conversations to the class.
137
57 Clothes
Photocopiable p.230 58 It's a horrible old w h i t e van
Photocopiable p.231
www.frenglish.ru
2 Activity type: Labelling then finding the differences 2 Activity type: Cued sentences then memory game
in a picture
3 Time: 15 minutes
3 Time: 15 minutes
4 Instructions:
4 Instructions: • Make one copy of the worksheet for each student.
• Make one copy of the worksheet for every two • Briefly review the adjectives from Lesson 58 of
• Put students in A / B pairs. Assign t h e role of A in t h e r o o m and elicit t h e correct word. Also elicit
or B to each student. Hand out the corresponding the opposites of common adjectives, e.g. long
half of the worksheet. A s k t h e class t o look at - short.
number 1 on the picture a n d elicit t h e i t e m of • Give students a copy of the worksheet. Focus
• Tell students t o w o r k individually t o write the sentence. W i t h w e a k e r classes, briefly review the
names of all t h e numbered items of clothing in order of adjectives before nouns. Put students in
• For exercise 2, explain t h a t there are four • Check the answers by asking different students to
and that students need to identify them without • For exercise 2, ask students t o cover the
In picture A, the shop assistant is wearing a jacket. They've got a beautiful big new house. Ask students
Elicit: In picture B, the shop assistant isn't wearing t o take it in turns t o describe the pictures from
pictures.
ANSWERS
Exercise 1
1 coat 7 boots 13 socks
2 top 8 shorts 14 gloves
3 knickers 9 vest 15 underpants
4 bra 10 jacket 16 shoes
5 jeans 11 shirt
6 tights 12 trousers
Exercise 2
1 I n picture, A t h e shop assistant is wearing a jacket.
In picture B, he isn't wearing a j a c k e t .
2 In picture A , there is a pile of knickers on t h e shelf.
In picture B, there's a pile of vests on the shelf.
3 In picture A , t h e female customer is holding a jacket.
In picture E , she's holding some trousers.
4 In picture A , there aren't any shoes on the shelf.
In picture B, there are some shoes on the shelf.
137
59 W h a t are y o u r favourite
Photocopiable p.232
clothes?
60 That sounds
Photocopiable p.233
interesting
www.frenglish.ru
2 Activity type: Questionnaire then guided writing 2 Activity type: Gapped conversations
4 Instructions: 4 Instructions:
• Make one copy of the worksheet for each student. • Make one copy of the worksheet for each student.
• Explain t h a t students are g o i n g t o complete a • Give students a copy of the worksheet. Ask
questionnaire on clothes. Briefly review the clothes them to Ask: What's
look at the first picture.
vocabulary from Lesson 57 of the Student's Book. he wearing? Elicit: He's wearing a jacket and
Give students a copy of the worksheet. Elicit trousers/a suit.
possible answers to each o f t h e q u e s t i o n s in the • Ask students to read t h e first line. Explain that
questionnaire. the missing l i n e is i n t h e b o x , but that one of the
• Ask students to complete the questionnaire lines in t h e b o x isn't n e e d e d . Elicit t h e missing
individually. Circulate to help with ideas and line Oh, hello. Thanks. Tell s t u d e n t s t o cross out
vocabulary. t h a t line in t h e b o x . Elicit t h e second missing line
• When they have finished, get students to swap No, I've got an interview at a design company.
their completed questionnaires with a partner. • P u t students in pairs a n d ask t h e m t o complete
Explain that they're going to write about their the other conversations. Remind them that there is
partner's clothes. Write t h e first line o f t h e guided one extra reply for each conversation. Circulate to
writing on the boardAt the moment, my partner is help with any problems.
wearing Ask that student's partner • Check the answers by asking confident pairs of
What is (Adam) wearing at the moment? Elicit their students to read o u t the conversations. Drill
answer, e.g.jeans and a T-shirt and complete the difficult words and lines as a class i f necessary.
sentence on the board. • For exercise 2, p u t students in n e w pairs to
• Students complete the task by transferring the practise the conversations. Ask confident students
information from their partner's questionnaire and to act out their conversations to the class.
crossing o u t t h e words t h a t aren't relevant in the
137
61 A t t h e post office
Photocopiable p.234 62 H e has t o fly a plane
Photocopiable p.235
www.frenglish.ru
1 Aim: To practise talking a b o u t things at a post office 1 Aim: To practise have to/don't have to
2 Activity type: Gapped sentences 2 Activity type: Writing sentences about jobs
4 Instructions: 4 Instructions:
• Make one copy of the worksheet for each student. • Make one copy of the worksheet for each student.
• Give students a copy of the worksheet. Ask • Give students a copy of the worksheet. Elicit the
doing? He's sending a parcel. How is he sending it? random order, e.g. ask Picture 3. What do they do?
Special delivery. Who's this? (point to the cashier) Elicit: They're chefs. (Names of jobs: 1 receptionist,
It's the cashier. What are these? (point to the 2 student, 3 chef, 4 manager, 5 pilot, 6 nurse,
scales) They're scales. With weaker classes, ask 7 postman, 8 taxi driver, 9 shop assistant,
• Ask students to look at t h e first g a p p e d sentence students to look at the example sentence. Say:
a n d elicit t h e answer parcel from t h e words in the Number 2. What do they have to do? Elicit: They
box. Tell t h e m t o cross o u t t h e w o r d in t h e box. have to study hard. Ask: What don't they have
• P u t students in pairs a n d ask t h e m to complete to do? Elicit: They don't have to go to work. Tell
the sentences. Circulate to help with any problems. students to write the sentences and cross o u t the
• For exercise 2, ask students t o cover t h e first together to write the sentences. Remind them
group of sentences. Elicit a description of the to use t h e they f o r m in sentences 3, 4, and 10.
it special delivery. The cashier is putting it on the students are using t h e correct v e r b forms.
137
63 Can y o u c o m e for a
Photocopiable p.236
meat?
64 Who's calling,
Photocopiable p.237
p l e a s e ?www.frenglish.ru
1 Aim: To practise m a k i n g and responding to requests 1 Aim: To practise using telephone expressions
4 Instructions: 4 Instructions:
• Make one copy of the worksheet for each student. • Make one copy of the worksheet for each student.
• Give students a copy of the worksheet. Ask them • Give students a copy of the worksheet. Ask them
to look at picture 1. Point to the man and say to look at the pictures. Point to the pictures of
This is Michael. People are asking him to do a lot Sarah and ask What's her name? and elicit the
students to look at t h e first pair of cues and the • Ask students t o read t h e first t w o lines o f the
example conversation. Ask a confident pair of conversation and elicit the first missing w o r d from
students to read the conversation aloud. the box speak. G e t s t u d e n t s t o cross o u t t h a t word.
• P u t students in pairs. Tell t h e m to make more • Put students in pairs a n d ask t h e m to complete
conversations using the words provided. Circulate the conversations w i t h t h e words in t h e box.
to help with pronunciation. Drill difficult words • Check the answers by asking pairs of confident
• Check the answers by getting pairs o f students to • Check comprehension of the context by asking:
say the conversations across t h e cLass. Who is Mark? He's Sarah's boyfriend. Why is Sarah
• For exercise 2, say Picture 1 a n d ask a s t u d e n t to angry? Because Mark didn't go the restaurant.
Say: Picture 2
read t h e e x a m p l e aloud. He a n d elicit • For exercise 2, p u t students in n e w pairs to
can't play football tomorrow because he has to go to practise the conversations. Circulate to help with
the dentist's. Students make sentences in their pairs pronunciation. Drill difficult w o r d s a n d lines as a
about the other pictures. class if necessary. Encourage students to read the
own conversations. Elicit s o m e ideas for requests • Ask c o n f i d e n t pairs of students to act o u t the
pub/play tennis/buy some milk, etc. Then elicit • As an extension, get students t o role play new
Exercise 2
1 He can't come for a meal because he has t o finish a report.
2 He can't play f o o t b a l l t o m o r r o w because he has t o go t o the
dentist's.
3 He can't go shopping because he has t o write a letter.
4 He can't come t o the party because he has t o visit his parents.
5 He can't go t o t h e post office because he has t o send some
emails.
6 He can't photocopy the report because he has t o go t o a meeting.
7 He can't meet Mr Brown at t h e airport because he has t o go t o
t h e bank.
8 He can't come for a drink because he has to look after some
visitors.
137
65 The weather
Photocopiable p.238 66 R o m e is h o t t e r t h a n
Photocopiable p.239
L www.frenglish.ru
ondon
1 Aim: To practise talking about the weather 1 Aim: To practise using comparatives
2 Activity type: Matching words with pictures then 2 Activity type: Writing sentences from cues
memory game
3 Time: 15 minutes
3 Time: 15 minutes
4 Instructions:
4 Instructions: • Make one copy of the worksheet for each student.
• Make one copy of the worksheet for each student. • Choose two students and write the following on
• Give students a copy of the worksheet. Focus on the board: (Marek) / (Antonia) / tall. Say (Marek)
picture 1 and ask What's the weather like? Elicit is taller than (Antonia). Leave this sentence on the
the example answers: wet windy.and board. Do the same with other pairs o f students
two words from each group of with to the other • Give students a copy of the worksheet. Ask them
• Check the answers with the class. example sentence. Ask them to look at the second
• For exercise 2, tell students to cover t h e words. picture and the cues, and elicit t h e sentence Mice
Ask a b o u t t h e pictures in r a n d o m What's
order, e.g. are smaller than elephants. With a weaker class,
the weather like in picture 4? Elicit: It's cloudy elicit t h e c o m p a r a t i v e adjectives they need to
and cool. Students continue asking and answering use: 1 hotter, 2 smaller, 3 more expensive, 4 faster,
a b o u t t h e w e a t h e r in t h e pictures in pairs. 5 bigger, 6 shorter, 7 better, 8 more interesting.
• As an extension, ask students different questions Students write sentences about the other pictures.
today? What was the weather like yesterday/last • Check the answers by asking different students to
weekend /on your birthday? What's your favourite read o u t their sentences.
weather?, etc. Encourage students to think of their • For exercise 2, ask students t o look at the first
own weather questions. sentence you wrote on the board. Elicit the
ANSWERS
Exercise 1
1 Rome is h o t t e r t h a n L o n d o n .
2 Mice are smaller t h a n elephants.
3 The A p o l l o is more expensive than Seaview.
4 Aeroplanes are faster t h a n cars.
5 France is bigger t h a n Britain.
6 J o e is shorter t h a n S a m .
7 The weather t o d a y is better t h a n t h e weather yesterday.
8 The book is more interesting t h a n t h e film.
Exercise 2
1 L o n d o n is colder t h a n Rome.
2 Elephants are bigger t h a n mice.
3 Seaview is cheaper t h a n The A p o l l o .
4 Cars are slower t h a n aeroplanes.
5 Britain is smaller t h a n France.
6 Sam is taller t h a n J o e .
7 The weather yesterday was worse t h a n the weather today.
8 The film is more boring t h a n t h e book.
137
67 We love our life in
Photocopiable p.240
Greece
68 Photocopiable p.241
Welcome back
www.frenglish.ru
4 Instructions: 4 Instructions:
• Make one copy of the worksheet for each student. • Make one copy of the worksheet for every two
• Give students a copy of the worksheet. Ask them students. Cut the worksheets in half and give one
to Look at t h e p h o t o of Toby and his family. Point sheet to each student.
to Toby and say This is Toby. Ask different students • Ask students to look at the photos and ask Where
t o read o u t short sections of the text. After each are they? Elicit: In the street. Ask students to read
paragraph, ask questions t o check comprehension, t h e first t w o lines o f t h e c o n v e r s a t i o n . Elicit the
e.g. Where is Toby from? Manchester in Britain. missing sentence Welcome back.
Where does he live now? In Greece. What's the • P u t s t u d e n t s in pairs a n d ask t h e m to complete the
weather tike in Greece in summer? It's hot. What's it conversations with the missing sentences in the
like in winter? It's cold, etc. box. Explain that they need the same sentences for
exercise are incorrect. Ask students to read the • Check the answers by asking confident pairs
first sentence in t h e exercise. Elicit t h a t the to read out the c o m p l e t e d conversations. Drill
incorrect. Elicit the sentence Toby's old job is more practise the conversations. Ask confident students
interesting than his new job. to act out the conversations to the class.
ANSWERS
1 Welcome back.
2 When did y o u get back?
3 Are y o u tired?
4 How did it go?
5 Welcome back.
6 H o w did it go?
7 When did y o u get back?
8 Are y o u tired?
137
69 Geographical
Photocopiable p.242
features
70 Who's the best singer in the
Photocopiable p.243
www.frenglish.ru
world?
2 Activity type: Crossword then pairwork 2 Activity type: Gapped questions then pairwork
4 Instructions: 4 Instructions:
• Make one copy of the worksheet for each student. • Make one copy of the worksheet for every two
• Give students a copy of the worksheet. Point to students. Cut t h e w o r k s h e e t s in half and give one
• Draw an arrow pointing down and an arrow • Write the first g a p p e d sentence on the board. Elicit
pointing across on t h e board and elicit the the superlative the largest and write it in t h e gap.
directions down across. and Focus onthe picture • Students work individually to complete the
clues and ask What's 1 down? Elicit t h e answer sentences using the superlative form of the
tunnel. Ask a student to spell the word and write adjectives given.
it on the board. Tell s t u d e n t s to w r i t e t h e word • Check the answers by asking students to read out
I think
s t u d e n t t o tell y o u their first sentence, e.g.
ANSWERS
Down
(Madonna) is the best singer in the world. Say I
1 tunnel don't agree. I think (Placido Domingo) is the best
2 hill singer in the world. Encourage other students to
4 forest
join in.
5 valley
7 mountain
• Students discuss their answers to exercise 2 in
Exercise 2
1 The best
2 The most beautiful
3 The most handsome
4 The most interesting
5 The worst
6 The best
7 The most interesting
8 The worst
137
71 T h e h i g h e s t m o u n t a i n is
Logan
Photocopiable p.244
Mount
72 H o w h i g h is t h a t
Photocopiable p.245
m o u n twww.frenglish.ru
ain?
2 Activity type: Finding grammar mistakes then 2 Activity t y p e : Gapped sentences then pairwork
3 Time: 15 minutes
4 Instructions:
4 Instructions: • Make one copy of the worksheet for each student.
• Make one copy of the worksheet for each student. • Give students a copy of the worksheet. Ask them
• Give students a copy of the worksheet. Ask them to look at t h e first picture. Elicit t h e w o r d that
to look at t h e p h o t o s and elicit, or provide, the completes the gapped sentence - high. Tell
name of the country - Canada. Ask students what students to continue completing the sentences.
they know a b o u t Canada and elicit a f e w ideas. Make sure t h e y know that when we talk about a
• E x p l a i n t h a t t h e r e are five m i s t a k e s in t h e grammar building, w e can use high or tall, but we only use
of the text. Tell t h e m t h a t t h e mistakes are with tall to talk about people. Circulate to help with
student to start reading. Elicit t h e first error when • Check the answers by asking different students to
he/she gets t o it - the high mountain. Elicit the read o u t their answers.
correct superlative the highest mountain. Tell • For exercise 2, write the following numbers on the
the line. say the numbers: two thousand, fifteen point eight,
• Students continue to read the t e x t and identify and nought point five. How
Ask the first question
and correct the other errors. high is that mountain? Tell students t o look at the
• Check the answers by asking confident students to alternatives in exercise 2 and choose the most
read o u t different paragraphs. logical answer. Elicit: It's about 3,000 metres high.
• For exercise 2, elicit t h e correction for t h e first • P u t students in pairs. Ask t h e m t o ask a n d answer
sentence: Canada is in North America. Students the questions, choosing from the alternatives.
then w o r k individually t o correct t h e rest o f the Circulate to make sure t h e y say t h e numbers
• As an extension, make more false s t a t e m e n t s about • Check the answers by asking confident pairs to
the text and get students to correct t h e m . Say: read t h e questions and answers across t h e class.
137
73 Everyday
Photocopiable p.246
jobs
74 They've finished
Photocopiable p.247
d i n n e www.frenglish.ru
r
1 Aim: To practise t h e vocabulary of everyday jobs 1 Aim: To practise using t h e present perfect
2 Activity type: Making collocations then pairwork 2 Activity type: Writing sentences from cues then
pairwork
3 Time: 15 minutes
3 Time: 15 minutes
4 Instructions:
• Make one copy of the worksheet for each student. 4 Instructions:
• Give students a copy of the worksheet. Ask them • Make one copy of the worksheet for each student.
to look at t h e first picture and the e x a m p l e verb • Give students a copy of the worksheet. Ask them
do the ironing. Explain that they should take a to look at the picture. Explain t h a t it shows a
verb from box A and a group of words from box block of flats and the people w h o live there. Focus
B to m a k e t h e e v e r y d a y j o b s t h a t a p p e a r in the on t h e boys in picture 1 , the cues, and the
pictures. example sentence. Do the same for picture 2.
• Ask students to complete t h e exercise by matching Highlight the use of haven't as t h e negative they
the words and writing them in t h e correct place. form in sentence 1. Check students understand
• Check the answers with the class. t h a t ' s in sentence 2 is t h e s h o r t f o r m of has.
• For exercise 2, How often do you
ask a s t u d e n t • With a w e a k e r class, elicit all t h e p a s t participles
vacuum the floor? I never
Elicit an answer, e.g. tidied,
the students will need for the exercise: 3
vacuum the floor. My husband vacuums thefloor./ 4 bought, 5 read, 6 done, 1 typed, 8 cooked, 9 had,
I often vacuum the floor. 10 finished.
• P u t students in pairs a n d tell t h e m to • P u t students in pairs a n d ask t h e m t o write the
ask and answer questions a b o u t the other sentences together. Circulate to help with any
everyday jobs. problems.
• Ask confident students to report back on their • Check the answers by asking different students to
partner, Nicole does the washing-up every day.
e.g. read o u t their sentences.
She never deans the windows, etc. • For exercise 2, ask a pair of students t o read out
Exercise 2
1 Have t h e y laid t h e table? N o , t h e y h a v e n ' t .
2 Has she done t h e ironing? Yes, she has.
3 Have t h e y tidied their room? N o , t h e y h a v e n ' t .
4 Has she b o u g h t a birthday present? Yes, she has.
5 Has she read t h e newspaper? Yes, she has.
6 Has he done his homework? N o , he hasn't.
7 Has she t y p e d a letter? Yes, she has.
8 Has he cooked t h e dinner? N o , he hasn't.
9 Has he had dinner? N o , he hasn't.
10 Have t h e y finished dinner? Yes, t h e y have.
137
75 I've gone to the
Photocopiable p.248
airport
76 W h a t are y o u t a l k i n g
Photocopiable p.249
www.frenglish.ru
about?
1 Aim: To practise understanding and writing short 1 Aim: To practise asking for an explanation
messages
2 Activity t y p e : Gapped conversations
• Make one copy of the worksheet for each student. • Give students a copy of the worksheet. Put them
students have to match them. Ask students to Then ask questions to check comprehension. Point
read the first message half. Check understanding to the picture of Ben, Jane, and Mark in t u r n and
by asking What's the problem? Elicit: The car isn't elicit their names. Ask: Who does Ben ask about?
working. Then ask students t o find t h e missing half Elicit: Mark's girlfriend. Ask: What's the problem?
of the message. Elicit t h e answer b . Ask students Elicit: Mark hasn't got a girlfriend. She left him.
which key words helped them. Elicit: appointment Ask: Who is angry? Elicit: Jane. Then elicit the
• Check the answers by asking different students to through the conversations and completing them
read o u t t h e c o m p l e t e messages. with words in the box. Point out that there are
• For exercise 2, explain that they have to write two extra words that they don't need to use.
their own messages. Elicit t h e kind o f information Circulate to help with any problems.
t h e y will need for t h e first message, e.g. W h o • Check answers by asking different groups of
is the message for? Your boss/colleague. What students to read o u t their conversations. Only two
happened? You missed the train. What's going to students are n e e d e d for the final conversation.
happen? You're going to be late for a meeting. Drill difficult w o r d s a n d lines as a class if
I've missed my train, so I'm going to be late for the Mark's girlfriend, b u t she left him. 2 He tells Tess
write suitable messages. Circulate to help with conversations in their groups. Ask confident groups
ideas and any problems. to act out the conversations to the class.
messages.
ANSWERS
Exercise 1
Exercise 2
Sample answers
1 Message for Mr Brown
I ' v e missed my train, so I'm going t o be late for t h e m e e t i n g .
I'm going t o get a t a x i .
Ana
2 Everyone
The c o m p u t e r isn't working.
Please d o n ' t use i t .
Mum
3 Eddie
I've booked cinema tickets. Let's meet at 7 . 3 0 at t h e cinema.
Karl
137
77 78
www.frenglish.ru
Experiences Have you ever been to London?
Photocopiable p.250 Photocopiable p.251
1 Aim: To practise talking a b o u t experiences 1 Aim: To practise using t h e present perfect and the
look at the example drive a sports car. • Write the following cues on the board: be/to
• Ask the students to write the names of the other London? When/go there? Elicit t h e first question
activities on the worksheet. Check the answers by a n d ask different students Have you ever been to
asking different students to read t h e m out. London? Elicit answers Yes, I have. /No, I haven't.
• For exercise 2, p u t students in pairs. Ask a Elicit t h e second question a n d ask a s t u d e n t who
student Have you ever driven a sports car? Elicit: has been there When did you go there? Elicit their
Yes, I have./No, I haven't. Show students how reply Last year. /Three years ago, etc. I f nobody
to record their partner's answers.Yes, I have. For has been to London, ask a b o u t a different city.
they should put a tick ( / ) in t h e box next to the • Give students a copy of the worksheet. Students
relevant picture. For No, I haven't, they should put write the remaining questions on the wor-;sheet.
a cross ( X ) in the box next to the relevant picture. Circulate to help with the question formation and
Ask a different student Have you ever seen a ghost? tenses. With weaker students, go through all t h e
Elicit: Yes, I have./No, I haven't, and record a tick questions with the whole class first.
• Students continue asking and answering in pairs. • For exercise 2, p u t students in pairs and tell them
Remind them to record their partner's answers. to practise asking and answering tne c_estions.
• Ask a student about his/her partner, e.g. H a s Ask them to make a note of their part-el's
(Tamiko) ever driven a sports car? Elicit: Yes, she answers. Circulate to help with pronunciation. Drill
pairs. Tell t h e m t o ask and answer questions about • Ask a student to tell you something about their
1 A Have y o u ever driven a sports car? 8 Have y o u ever lost y o u r wallet? W h a t did y o u do?
B Yes, I have. / N o , I haven't.
2 A Have y o u ever seen a ghost.
B Yes, I have. / N o , I h a v e n ' t .
3 A Have y o u ever done a bungee j u m p ?
B Yes, I have. / N o , I h a v e n ' t .
4 A Have y o u ever flown a plane?
B Yes, I have. / N o , I h a v e n ' t .
5 A Have y o u ever run a marathon?
B Yes, I have. / N o , I h a v e n ' t .
6 A Have y o u ever lost a match?
B Yes, I have. / N o , I h a v e n ' t .
7 A Have y o u ever written a book?
B Yes, I have. / N o , I h a v e n ' t .
8 A Have you ever been on TV?
B Yes, I have. / N o , I h a v e n ' t .
9 A Have y o u ever ridden a horse?
B Yes, I have. / N o , I haven't.
10 A Have y o u ever been scuba diving?
B Yes, I have. / N o , I haven't.
11 A Have y o u ever climbed a mountain?
B Yes, I have. / N o ; I h a v e n ' t .
12 A Have y o u ever w o n a prize?
B Yes, I have. / N o , I h a v e n ' t .
137
www.frenglish.ru
80
I?
An interview Are you travelling to Singapore?
Photocopiable p.252 Photocopiable p.253
2 Activity type: Writing questions then role play 3 Time: 15-20 minutes
students. Cut the worksheets in half. • Put students in A / B pairs. Assign the role o f A
ion
or B to each student. Hand out the corresponding
to
• P u t students in A / B pairs. Assign t h e role o f A or
B to each student. Hand out the corresponding half half of the worksheet. Ask students to look at the
en't. of the worksheet. Explain that the A students are photo. Where is the man?
Ask: and elicit At the
,vho
g o i n g t o role play an A m e r i c a n basketball player check-in of an airport. Explain that the A students
their h a v e t h e clerk's lines, a n d t h e B students have the
called J o h n Howard and the B s t u d e n t s are going
dy passenger's lines.
t o role play an Australian writer called Liza Trent.
y- E x p l a i n t h a t t h e y are g o i n g t o i n t e r v i e w each • Demonstrate the activity by writing Student B's
nts other, so first t h e y s h o u l d use t h e cues t o write the first g a p p e d line on t h e board:
;et. questions in exercise 1 . Students work individually to Singapore? Ask an A student to read their first
arid to complete the task. Circulate to help with any line and write t h e missing words for t h e B students
the problems. on the board: Are you travelling.
• Check the answers by asking different students to Students read their relevant parts and their
read out their questions. Note that both the A and partner writes down the missing words and lines
them
B students have the same questions. in the same way. Remind them to help each other
ns. with spelling and not to look at each other's
• Ask an A student to look at the information about
John Howard. Say: John. Have you ever been to conversations as t h e y do the activity. Circulate to
go there? Elicit: Last year. Repeat the procedure When they have finished, ask students t o put their
When they have finished, t h e y can swap roles so Ask confident students to read t h e conversation
that the B students interview the A students. across t h e class. Drill difficult w o r d s a n d lines as a
b o a r d w i t h t h e class first.
ANSWERS
Clerk Are y o u travelling t o Singapore? -
Passenger Yes, I am.
Clerk Can I see your ticket and passport, please?
Passenger Here y o u are.
Clerk T h a n k y o u . H o w many bags are y o u checking in?
Passenger J u s t one.
Clerk Did y o u pack the bag yourself?
Passenger Yes, I did.
Clerk Has anyone given y o u a n y t h i n g t o carry?
Passenger N o , t h e y haven't.
Clerk Can I see y o u r hand luggage, please?
Passenger Yes. Here it is.
Clerk T h a n k y o u . Would y o u like a w i n d o w seat or an aisle
seat?
Passenger A n aisle seat, please.
Clerk Here's y o u r boarding card. Boarding is at 1 . 3 0 from
gate number 7 . H a v e a nice flight.
Passenger Thank you. Goodbye.
Clerk Goodbye.
137
www.frenglish.ru
137
www.frenglish.ru
Review 7 3 - 8 0
Review 4 9 - 5 6
1 1 make t h e beds 2 do t h e ironing 3 lay t h e table
1 1 Airport 2 missed 3 suitcase 4 port 5 cruise
4 clean t h e windows
6 ticket
2 l e 2a 3d 4c 5b
2 1 beef 2 pork 3 tomatoes 4 peas 5 carrots 6 oranges
3 a 1 She's t a k e n t h e rubbish o u t .
7 grapes 8 chicken
2 Ari hasn't booked t h e tickets.
3 1 David's g o i n g t o work at home t o m o r r o w .
3 H a v e t h e y done t h e ironing?
2 Y o u aren't going t o come t o my party.
4 Helen's made t h e beds.
3 Is Luis going t o play tennis?
5 I h a v e n ' t cleaned t h e w i n d o w s .
4 She isn't going t o take a gap year. 6 Has he paid t h e bills?
5 Are t h e y going t o buy a car?
4 1 H a v e , b e e n , travelled 2 Has, m e t , spoke
6 We're going t o see a s h o w in L o n d o n .
3 H a v e , learned, studied 4 have, v i s i t e d , w e n t
5 c o u n t a b l e : b i s c u i t apple, grape, o n i o n , t o m a t o , sandwich
5 1 1 b 2 c 3 e
u n c o u n t a b l e : beef, f o o d , cheese, milk, t e a , bread
2 1 d 2 a
6 1 much 2 many 3 a 4 lot 5 much 6 some
6 1 mean 2 sorry, understand 3 about 4 problem
8 a 1 eggs 2 bacon 3 tomatoes 4 toast 5 chicken
8 1 Can I see y o u r passport, please?
6 rice 7 peas
2 H a v e a nice f l i g h t .
9 1 hear, T h a n k 2 sad 3 miss 3 Here's y o u r boarding card.
10 1 Are y o u ready t o order? 4 Would y o u like an aisle seat?
2 Yes. Can I have t h e cheese o m e l e t t e , please? 5 Did y o u pack t h e bag yourself?
3 W h a t w o u l d y o u like w i t h t h a t ? 6 H o w many bags are y o u checking in?
4 O h , can I have t h e salad, please?
5 A n d w o u l d y o u like a n y t h i n g t o drink?
6 Can I have a glass of fruit j u i c e , please?
7 Would y o u like orange j u i c e or apple juice?
8 A p p l e j u i c e , please.
Review 5 7 - 6 4
2 People: cashier, p o s t m a n v
T h i n g s in a post office: scales, post b o x , stamp %
Y o u p o s t these: letter, postcard, b i r t h d a y card
3 1 J o r d a n ' s wearing a new red shirt.
2 Lucy's g o t a nice blue dress.
3 That's a very c o m f o r t a b l e chair.
4 I b o u g h t a big black b a g .
5 T h e y live in a horrible old a p a r t m e n t .
6 Y o u ' v e g o t b e a u t i f u l long hair.
4 a (in any order)
T h e y have t o t y p e letters.
Eva doesn't have t o do p h o t o c o p y i n g .
Boris has t o do p h o t o c o p y i n g .
T h e y d o n ' t have t o fix t h e c o m p u t e r s .
Eva doesn't have t o go t o t h e post office.
Boris has t o go t o t h e post office.
T h e y have t o make coffee,
b 1 Yes, she does. 2 Yes, I do. 3 No, they don't.
4 Yes, he does. 5 Yes, we do. 6 N o , she doesn't.
137